Skip to main content

Full text of "Chapters in popular natural history"

See other formats


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2015 


https://archive.org/details/b21698296 


CHAPTERS 

IN 

POPULAR  NATURAL 
HISTORY. 

BY 

Sir  JOHN  LUBBOCK,  Bart.,  M.P.,  F.R.S., 

D.C.L.,  LL.D.,  PRES.  LINN.  SOC,  ETC.,  ETC.,  ETC. 


ARRANGED  AS  AN  AD  VANCED  READING  BOOK  FOR 
USE  IN  ELEMENTARY  AND  HIGHER  SCHOOLS. 


London  : 

NATIONAL  SOCIETY'S  DEPOSITORY, 
Sanctuary,  Westminster. 

[All  rights  resei-ved.] 


LONnoN : 

HAkKISON  AND  SONS,  PRINTERS   IN  ORDINARY  TO  HER  MAJESTY, 
sr.  MARTIN'S  LANE. 


PREFACE. 


The  National  Society  has  done  me  the  honour 
to  propose  to  republish  parts  of  some  of  my  Natural 
History  Lectures  adapted  as  a  Reading  Book. 

Those  who  may  wish  to  pursue  the  subjects 
further,  I  would  refer  to  my  "  Origin  and  Metamor- 
phoses of  Insects"  (Macmillan  and  Co.),  "British 
Wild  Flowers,"  &c.  (Macmillan  and  Co.),  "  Scientific 
Lectures"  (Macmillan  and  Co.),  and  "Ants,  Bees, 
and  Wasps"  (Paul,  Trench,  and  Co.). 

I  am  greatly  indebted  to  my  publishers  for  their 
courtesy  in  allowing  me  to  reprint  here  part  of  the 
above-mentioned  works. 

I  have  also  to  thank  Messrs.  Paul,  Trench,  and  Co., 
Messrs.  Macmillan  and  Co.,  Messrs.  Cassell  and  Co., 
and  Messrs.  Lovel  Reeve  and  Co.,  for  the  use  of 
various  illustrations,  which  they  have  been  so  good 
as  to  place  at  my  disposal. 


High  Elms,  Down,  Kent. 
Dac/nbn;  1882. 


CONTENTS. 


SECTION  I. 
Ants   

SECTION  II. 
Bees  and  Wasps   

t 

SECTION  III. 
The  Colours  of  Animals  

.    .      SECTION  IV. 
On  Flowers  and  Insects  

SECTION  V. 
On  Plants  and  Insects   

SECTION  VI. 
Fruits  and  Seeds   


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


FIG. 

1.  The  Slave-making  or  Amazon  Ant  (Polyergus  rtcfcscens). 

2.  Larva,  Chrysalis,  and  Cocoon  of  the  Horse  Ant  {Formica  rufa). 

After  Blanchard. 

3.  The  Horse  Ant  {Formica  rufa)  :  Male,  Female,  and  Worker. 

After  Blanchard. 

4.  The  Mexican  Honey  Ant  {Myr77iecocystus  mexica?ms).  After 

Blanchard. 

5.  The  Sauba  Ant  {Oecodoma  cephalotes).    Two  sisters. 

6.  The  Rose  Aphis  {Aphis  Rosce).    After  Blanchard. 

7.  A  Root-feeding  Aphis. 

8.  The  White  Woodlouse  {Platyarthrus  hofftnanseggii)  +  lo.  After 

Spence  Bate. 

9.  Claviger.    After  Shuckard. 

10.  The  Slave  Ant  {Fonnica  fusca). 

11.  The  Caterpillar  of  the  Marbled  White  Butterfly  {Arge  galathea). 

After  Weissmann. 

12.  The  Caterpillar  of  the  Eyed  Hawk-moth  {Smerinthus  ocel- 

latus).    After  Weissmann. 

13.  The  Caterpillar  of  the  Elephant  Hawk-moth  {Cheerocampa 

elpenor).    Full  grown,  natural  size.    After  Weissmann. 

14.  The  Caterpillar  of  the  Elephant  Hawk-moth  {Chccrocampa 

elpenor).    First  Stage.    After  Weissmann. 

15.  The  Caterpillar  of  the  Elephant  Hawk-moth  {Charocampa 

elpenor).    Second  Stage.    After  Weissmann. 

16.  The  Caterpillar  of  the  Elephant  Hawk-moth  {Charocampa 

elpenor).    Just  before  the  second  moult.    After  Weissmann. 

17.  The  Caterpillar  of  the  Elephant  Hawk-moth  {Charocampa 

elpenor).    Third  Stage.    After  Weissmann. 


L  ist  of  Illustrations. 


FIG. 

i8.  The  Caterpillar  of  the  Elephant  Hawk-moth  (Ch<vrocami>a 
elpejior).    Fourth  Stage.    After  Weissmann. 

19-  The  Caterpillar  of  the  Elephant  Hawk-moth.  {Charocampa 
elpenor).    Fifth  Stage.    After  Weissmann. 

20.  The  Caterpillar  of  the  Small  Elephant  Hawk-moth  {Chcerocamja 

porcellus).    After  Weissmann. 

21.  White  Deadnettle  {Lamium  album).    After  Bentham. 

22.  Flower  of  White  Deadnettle  (Lamium  album). 

23.  Section  of  the  Flower  of  White  Deadnettle  [Lamium  album). 

24.  Meadow/ Gexz.nmm  [Geranium pratettse).    After  Bentham. 

25.  Common  Sundew  [Drosera  rohindijolia).    After  Bentham. 

26.  Common  Bladderwort  (d7?r(Vz</ar/a  z;?//^<2w).    After  Bentham. 

27.  Broad  Dock  [Rumex  obtttsifolius).    After  Bentham. 

28.  Common   Willow   Herb   [Epilobium  angusti/olium).  After 

Bentham. 

29.  Common  Mallow  [Malva  sylvestris).    After  Sowerby. 

30.  Dwarf  Mallow  [Malva  rotundifolia).    After  Sowerby. 

31.  Stamens  and  Stigmas  of  the  Common  Mallow  [Malva  sylves- 

tris).   After  Miiller. 

32.  Stamens  and  Stigmas  of  the  Dwarf  Mallow  [Malva  rotundifolia). 

After  Miiller. 

33.  Common   Willow   Herb   [Epilobium  angusti/olium).  After 

Sowerby. 

34.  Hoary  Willow  Herb  [Epilobium  parviflorum).    After  Sowerby. 

35.  Meadow  Geranium  [Geranium  pratense).    Young  flower  and 

older  flower.    After  Hildebrand. 

36.  Common  Arum  [Arum  maculatufn).    Diagrammatic  section. 

37.  Sage  [Salvia  officinalis).    Section  of  a  young  flower.    After  Ogle. 

38.  Sage  [Salvia  officinalis)  visited  by  a  Bee.    After  Ogle. 

39.  Si&ge  [Salvia  officinalis).   Section  of  an  older  flower.  After  Ogle. 

40.  Stamens  of  Sage  [Salvia  officinalis)  in  their  natural  position. 

After  Ogle. 

41.  Stamens  of  Sage  [Salvia  officinalis)  when  moved  by  a  Bee. 

After  Ogle. 

42.  y^'M  Chervil  [Cluerophylhitn  sylveslre).    After  Bentham. 

43.  Floret  of  Feverfew  ( Chrysant/icmtim  parthenium).  Just  opened. 

After  Ogle. 


List  of  ]/histraiions. 


vii 


FIG. 

44.  Floret  of  Feverfew  {Chrysanthemum  patihenium).  Somewhat 

more  advanced.    After  Ogle. 

45.  Floret  of  Feverfew  (Chrysanthemum  parthenium).    With  . the 

stigmas  expanded.    After  Ogle. 

46.  Bird's-foot  Trefoil  {Lotus  cornicutatus).    After  Bentham. 

47.  Flower  of  Bird's-foot  Trefoil  {Lotus  cornicutatus),  seen  from  the 

side  and  in  front.    After  Midler. 

48.  Flower  of  Bird's-foot  Trefoil  {Lotus  comiculatus),  after  removal 

of  the  standard.    After  Miiller. 

49.  Flower  of  Bird's-foot  Trefoil  {Lotus  coj-nicitlatus),  after  removal 

of  the  standard  and  wings.    After  Miiller. 

50.  Flower  of  Bird's-foot  Trefoil  {Lotus  comiculatus),  after  removal 

of  one  side  of  the  keel.    After  Miiller. 

51.  Flower  of  Bird's-foot  Trefoil  {Lotus  corniculattts).  Terminal 

portion  of  fig.  50,  more  magnified.    After  Miiller. 

52.  Common  Cowslip  {Primula  veris).    After  Bentham. 

53.  Section  of  the  Flower  of  Primula.    Long-styled  form. 

54.  Section  of  the  Flower  of  Primula.    Short-styled  form. 

55.  Common  Carlina  {Carlina  vulgaris).    After  Kerner. 

56.  Ktiatttia  dipsacifolia.    After  Kerner. 

57.  Flower  of  Linnssa.    After  Kerner. 

58.  Amphibious    Polygonum     {Polygotium    ampliibititn).  After 

Bentham. 

59.  Nottingham  Catchfly  {Sikfie  mitans).    After  Bentham. 

60.  Nottingham  Catchfly  {Silc7ie  nutans).    After  Kerner. 

61.  John  Go-to-Bed-at-Noon  {Tragopogonpratense).  After  Bentham. 

62.  Valisneria  {Valisjieria). 

63.  Hairy  Bittercress  (CWa/ww /«>j«/a).    After  Bentham. 

64.  Hairy  Violet  (  Viola  hirta). 

65.  Dog  Violet  ( Viola  camna). 

66.  Dog  Violet  {Viola  canina).    Seed-vessel  open  and  showing 

seeds. 

67.  Dog  Violet  (  Viola  canina).    Seed-vessel  after  ejecting  the  seeds. 

68.  Herb  Robert  {Geranium  Robertianum). 

69.  Cut-leaved  Geranium  {Geranium  dissectum).  Diagram. 

70.  Herb  Robert  {Geranium  Robertianum).  Diagram. 
7J.  Wood  Vetch  {Vicia  sylvatica). 


viii 


List  of  Illustrations. 


FIG. 

72.  Pod  of  Bush  Vetch  (  Vicia  sepitm).    After  Bentham, 
73-  Fi-uit  of  the  Squirting  Cucumber  {Ecballium). 

74.  Poppy-head  {Papaver). 

75.  Seeds  or  Fruits  of  the  Maple,  Sycamore,  Lime,  Hornbeam, 

Elm,  Birch,  Pine,  Fir,  Ash. 

76.  Fruits  or  Seeds  of  the  Willow  Herb  (EpiMiu?n),  Hawkbit 

{Thrincia  hiria),  Tamarix,  Willow  {Salix),  Cotton-grass 
{Eriophorutn),  Bullrush  ( Typha). 

77.  Lesser  Duckweed  {Lemna  minor).    After  Bentham. 

78.  Seeds  or  Fruits  of  Burdock  {Lappa),  Agrimony  {Agrimonia), 

Bur  Parsley  {Caucalis),  Enchanter's  Nightshade  {Circcea), 
Cleavers  {Galium),  Forget-me-not  {Myosotis). 

79.  Fruits  of  Harpagophyton  procumbens  and  Martynia  proboscidea. 

Natural  size. 

80.  Seed  of  Myzodendron.    After  Hooker. 

81.  Cardamhte  che7topodifolin7n. 

82.  Vetch  (  Vicia  amphicarpa). 

83.  Pea  {Lathyrus  a?nphicafpos). 

84.  Seed  of  Crane's  Bill  {Erodium). 

85.  Seed  of  Stipa pentiata.    Natural  size. 

86.  Seeds  of  Corydalis. 

87.  Pods  of  Scorpiuriis  siibvillosa  and  Scorpiurus  vermicidata. 

88.  Pod  of  Biserrula. 

89.  Seed  of  Castor  Oil  Plant. 

90.  Seed  of  Jatropha. 


CHAPTERS 

IN 

POPULAR  NATURAL  HISTORY. 


Fig.  I. — The  Slave-making  Ant. 

SECTION  I.-ANTS. 
I. 


I.  There  is  no  animal  or  plant  which  would  not 
well  repay  long  and  careful  study.  Yet  all  are  by 
no  means  equally  interesting.    Some  specially  de- 


2 


Ants. 


serve  attention  from  their  utility  to  man,  some 
from  their  power  of  inflicting  injury.  Among 
insects  there  are  few,  if  any,  whose  habits  are 
more  interesting  than  those  of  Ants.  They  Hve  in 
large  communities  :  they  build  houses  ;  they  make 
roads  ;  some  of  them,  as  we  shall  presently  see, 
keep  other  insects,  just  as  we  keep  cows  ;  and  some 
of  them  even  have  slaves. 

In  this  country  we  have  rather  more  than  thirty 
kinds  ;  but  ants  become  more  numerous  in  species, 
as  well  as  in  individuals,  in  warmer  countries,  and 
more  than  a  thousand  species  are  known.  Even 
this  large  number  is  certainly  far  short  of  those 
actually  in  existence. 

2.  No  two  species  of  ants  are  identical  in  habits  ; 
and,  on  various  accounts,  their  mode  of  life  is  far 
from  easy  to  unravel.  Most  of  their  time  is  passed 
underground  ;  all  the  tending  of  the  young,  for 
instance,  is  carried  on  in  the  dark.  I  have  for 
some  years  kept  many  nests  of  various  species 
under  observation,  and  these  have  given  me  special 
facilities  for  observing  the  internal  economy  of 
ant  Hfe.  Another  main  difference  between  my 
observations  and  those  of  previous  naturalists  has 
consisted  in  the  careful  record  of  the  actions  of 
individual  ants.  The  most  convenient  mode  of 
marking  them  was,  I  found,  a  small  dab  of  paint 
on  the  back. 

3.  The  life  of  an  ant  falls  into  four  well-marked 
periods — those  of  the  egg,  of  the  larva  or  grub 


A  Jits. 


3 


(fig-.  2,  a  a'),  of  the  pupa  or  chrysalis  (fig.  2,  i)  d') 
and  of  the  perfect  insect  or  imago.  The  eggs 
are  white  or  yellowish,  and  somewhat  elongated. 


B  2 


4 


Anis. 


They  are  generally  said  to  be  hatched  about  fifteen 
days  after  being  laid,  but  those  observed  by  me 
have  taken  a  month  or  six  weeks. 

The  larvae  or  grubs  of  ants,  like  those  of  bees 
and  wasps,  are  small,  white,  legless  creatures,  some- 
what conical  in  form,  narrowing  towards  the  head. 
They  are  carefully  tended  and  fed,  being  carried 
about  from  chamber  to  chamber  by  the  workers, 
probably  in  order  to  secure  the  most  suitable 
amount  of  warmth  and  moisture.  I  have  observed, 
also,  that  they  are  very  often  assorted  according  to 
age.  It  is  sometimes  very  curious  in  my  nests  to 
see  them  arranged  in  groups  according  to  size,  so 
that  they  remind  one  of  a  school  divided  into  five 
or  six  classes. 

4.  As  regards  the  length  of  life  of  the  larvae, 
those  which  are  born  in  the  spring  become  full 
grown  in  a  few  weeks.  In  other  cases  the  period 
is  much  longer.  In  certain  species — the  small 
yellow  Meadow  Ant,  for  instance — some  of  the 
larvae  live  through  the  winter. 

When  full  grown  the  larvae  turn  into  pupae, 
sometimes  naked  (fig.  2,  1?  b'),  sometimes  covered 
with  a  silken  cocoon  (fig.  2,  cc'),  constituting  the 
so-called  "ant-eggs."  We  do  not  yet  understand 
why  some  larvae  spin  cocoons,  while  others  remain 
naked.  As  a  general  rule,  the  species  which 
have  a  sting  are  naked,  Avhile  those  which  have 
not  are  enveloped  in  a  cocoon.  There  is,  however, 
one  species  the  larvae  of  which  sometimes  spin 


Ants. 


5 


a  cocoon,  and  sometimes  remain  naked.  The 
reason  for  this  difference  is  still  quite  unknown. 
After  remaining  some  days  in  the  pupa  state 
they  emerge  as  perfect  insects.  In  many  cases, 
however,  they  would  perish  in  the  attempt  if  they 
were  not  assisted  ;  and  it  is  very  pretty  to  see  the 
older  ants  helping  them  to  extricate  themselves, 
carefully  unfolding  their  legs  and  smoothing  out 
their  wings,  with  truly  feminine  tenderness  and 
delicacy. 

5.  In  the  case  of  ants,  as  with  other  insects  which 
pass  through  similar  metamorphoses — such  as  bees, 
wasps,  moths,  butterflies,  flies,  beetles,  &c. — the 
larval  stage  is  the  period  of  growth.  During  the 
chrysalis  stage,  though  immense  changes  take 
place,  and  the  organs  of  the  perfect  insect  are  more 
or  less  rapidly  developed,  no  food  is  taken,  and 
there  is  no  addition  to  the  size  or  weight. 

The  imago  or  perfect  insect  again  takes  food, 
but  does  not  grow.  The  ant,  like  all  the  insects 
above  named,  is  as  large  when  it  emerges  from  the 
pupa  as  it  ever  will  be,  though  the  abdomen  of  the 
females  sometimes  increases  in  size  from  the  deve- 
lopment of  the  eggs. 

6.  We  have  hitherto  had  very  little  information  as 
to  the  length  of  life  in  ants  in  the  imago,  or  perfect, 
state.  So  far,  indeed,  as  the  preparatory  stages 
are  concerned,  there  is  little  difiiculty  in  approxi- 
mately ascertaining  the  fads;  namely,  that  while 
in  summer  the  larval  condition  lasts  only  a  few 


6 


A  Jits. 


weeks,  in  some  species,  as  in  our  small  yellow 
Meadow  Ants,  the  autumn  larvs  remain  with  com- 
paratively little  change  throughout  the  winter.  It 
IS  much  more  difficult  to  ascertain  the  length  of 
hfe  of  the  perfect  insects,  on  account  of  their  gre- 
garious habits,  and  the  difficulty  of  recognising 
individual  ants.  I  have  found,  however,  as  we 
shall  presently  see,  that  their  life  is  much  longer 
than  has  been  generally  supposed;  and  I  have 
now  two  ants  which  are  more  than  nine  years  old. 

I  have  kept  in  captivity  about  half  of  our  British 
species  of  ants,  as  well  as  a  considerable  number  of 
foreign  forms,  and  for  the  last  few  years  have 
generally  had  from  thirty  to  forty  communities 
under  observation. 

7.  Some  ants  have  a  sting ;  some  bite  with  their 
jaws,  and  then  squirt  poison  into  the  wound.  In- 
deed, in  some  cases  the  poison  is  sufficiently  strong 
itself  to  cause  a  wound.  Moreover,  some  species 
have  the  power  of  ejecting  their  poison  to  a  con- 
siderable distance.  In  Switzerland,  after  disturbing 
a  nest  of  the  Horse  Ant,  I  have  found  that  a  hand 
held  as  much  as  18  inches  above  the  ants  was 
covered  with  acid.  But  even  when  the  poison  is 
not  thus  fired,  as  it  were,  at  the  enemy  from  a  dis- 
tance, there  are  two  cases  in  which  the  stinsr  mieht 
be  allowed  to  fall  into  disuse.  Firstly,  those  species 
which  fight  with  their  mandibles  might  find  it  on  the 
whole  most  convenient  to  inject  the  poison  (as  they 
do)  into  the  wounds  thus  created.    Secondly,  if 


Ants. 


7 


the  poison  itself  is  so  intensified  in  virulence  as  to 
act  through  the  skin,  a  piercing  instrument  would 
be  of  comparatively  small  advantage.  I  was 
amused  one  day  by  watching  some  specimens  of  a 
small  species  of  ant,  which  were  feeding  on  some 
drops  of  honey.  Some  ants  of  a  larger  kind  were 
anxious  to  share  the  feast,  but  the  moment  one 
approached,  the  little  ones  simply  threatened  them 
with  the  tip  of  their  tail,  and  the  large  ones  imme- 
diately beat  a  hasty  retreat.  In  this  case  the 
comparatively  large  kind  could  certainly  have  had 
nothing  to  fear  from  physical  violence  on  the  part 
of  the  httle  ones.  Mere  contact  with  the  poison, 
however,  appeared  to  cause  them  considerable 
pain  ;  and  generally  the  threat  alone  was  sufficient 
to  cause  a  retreat. 

8.  flowever  this  may  be,  in  their  modes  of  fight- 
ing different  species  of  ants  have  their  several  pecu- 
liarities. Some  are  much  less  military  than  others. 
Jlfyrmedna  Latreillii,  for  instance,  never  attack, 
and  scarcely  even  defend  themselves.  Their  skin 
is  very  hard,  and  they  roll  themselves  into  a  ball, 
not  defending  themselves  even  if  their  nest  is  in- 
vaded ;  to  prevent  which  they  make  the  entrances 
small,  and  often  station  at  each  a  worker,  who  uses 
her  head  to  stop  the  way.  The  scent  of  this 
species  is  also,  perhaps,  a  protection.  Tetramorium 
ccespitum  has  the  habit  of  feigning  death.  This 
species,  however,  does  not  roll  itself  up,  but  merely 
applies  its  legs  and  antennae  closely  to  the  body. 


8 


Ants. 


Formica  rufa  (fig.  3),  the  common  Horse  Ant, 
attacks  in  serried  masses,  seldom  sending  out  de- 


tachments, while  single  ants  scarcely  ever  make 
individual  attacks.  They  rarely  pursue  a  flying  foe, 
but  give  no  quarter,  killing  as  many  enemies  as 


Ants. 


9 


possible,  and  never  hesitating  to  sacrifice  themselves 
for  the  common  good. 

9.  Formica  sajigiiinea,  on  the  contrary,  though 
very  like  the  Horse  Ant  in  appearance,  is  very  dif- 
ferent in  habits.  It  is  a  slave-making  species,  and 
in  their  military  expeditions,  they  attempt  rather 
to  terrify  than  to  kill.  Indeed,  when  invading  a 
nest,  they  do  not  attack  the  flying  inhabitants  un- 
less these  are  attempting  to  carry  off  pupae,  in 
which  case  the  F.  sanguinea  force  them  to  abandon 
the  pups.  When  fighting,  they  attempt  to  crush 
their  enemies  with  their  mandibles. 

10.  Formica  exsecta  is  a  delicate,  but  very  active 
species.  They  also  advance  in  serried  masses,  but 
in  close  quarters  they  bite  right  and  left,  dancing 
about  to  avoid  being  bitten  themselves.  When 
fighting  with  larger  species  they  spring  on  to  their 
backs,  and  then  seize  them  by  the  neck  or  by  an 
antenna.  They  also  have  the  instinct  of  acting 
together,  three  or  four  seizing  an  enemy  at  once, 
and  then  pulling  different  ways,  so  that  she  on  her 
part  cannot  get  at  any  one  of  her  foes.  One  of 
them  then  jumps  on  her  back  and  cuts,  or  rather 
saws,  off  her  head.  In  battles  between  this  ant 
and  the  much  larger  F.  pratensis,  many  of  the 
F.  exsecta  may  be  seen  on  the  backs  of  the  F.  pra- 
tensis,  sawing  off  their  heads  from  behind. 

ir.  The  ants  of  the  different  species  of  Lasius 
make  up  in  numbers  what  they  want  in  strength. 
Several  of  them  seize  an  enemy  at  once,  one  by 


lO 


Ants. 


each  of  her  legs  or  antennae,  and  when  they  have 
once  taken  hold  they  will  suffer  themselves  to  be 
cut  in  pieces  rather  than  leave  go. 

The  Amazon  Ant,  which,  like  Formica  sanguinea, 
is  a  slave-making  species,  has  a  mode  of  combat 
almost  peculiar  to  herself  The  jaws  are  very 
powerful  and  pointed.  If  attacked— if,  for  in- 
stance, another  ant  seizes  her  by  a  leg — she  at 
once  takes  her  enemy's  head  into  her  jaws,  which 
generally  makes  her  quit  her  hold.  If  she  does 
not,  the  ant  closes  her  mandibles,  so  that  the 
points  pierce  the  brain  of  her  enemy,  paralysing 
the  nervous  system.  The  victim  falls  in  convul- 
sions, setting  free  her  terrible  foe.  In  this  manner 
a  comparatively  small  force  will  fearlessly  attack 
much  larger  armies  of  other  species,  and  suffer 
themselves  scarcely  any  loss. 


II 


I.  Under  ordinary  circumstances  an  ants'  nest,like 
a  beehive,  contains  three  kinds  of  individuals  (fig.  3): 


12 


Ants. 


workers  or  imperfect  females  (which  constitute  the 
great  majority),  males,  and  perfect  females.  There 
are  often,  however,  several  queens  in  an  ants'  nest ; 
while,  as  we  all  know,  there  is  never  more  than  one 
queen  mother  in  a  hive.    The  queens  of  ants  are 
provided  with  wings,  but  after  a  single  flight  they 
tear  them  off,  and  do  not  again  quit  the  nest.  In 
addition  to  the  ordinary  workers,  there  is  in  some 
species  a  second,  or  rather  a  third,  form  of  female. 
In  almost  any  ants'  nest  we  may  see  that  the 
workers  differ  more  or  less  in  size.    The  amount  of 
difference,  however,  depends  upon  the  species.  In 
the  small  brown  Garden  Ant,  the  workers  are,  for 
instance,  much  more  uniform  than  in  the  little 
yellow  Meadow  Ant,  or  in  the  Harvesting  Ant, 
where  some  of  them  are  much  more  than  twice  as 
large  as  others.    But  in  certain  ants  there  are 
differences   still   more   remarkable.     Thus,  in  a 
Mexican   species   (fig.  4),  besides   the  common 
workers,  which  have  the  form  of  ordinary  neuter 
ants,  there  are  certain  others  in  which  the  abdomen 
is  swollen  into  an  immense  sphere.    These  indi- 
viduals are  very  inactive,  and  serve  principally  as 
living  honey-jars.   They  receive  the  honey  from  the 
foragers,  retain  it  unaltered  in  their  crop,  and  feed 
their  companions  when  fresh  food  falls  short.  In 
another  kind,  very  common  in  Southern  Europe, 
there  are  also  two  distinct   forms   without  any 
intermediate  gradations  ;  one  with  heads  of  the 
usual  proportion,  and  a  second  with  immense  heads 


Ants. 


13 


provided  with  very  large  jaws.  The  large-headed 
individuals  are  generally  supposed  to  act  as  sol- 
diers, and  the  size  of  the  head  enables  the  muscles 
which  move  the  jaws  to  be  of  unusual  dimensions  ; 
but  the  little  workers  are  also  veiy  pugnacious. 

2.  Bates  tells  us  that  in  the  marching  columns  of 
EcitoJi  (a  kind  of  South  American  ant)  the  large- 
headed  workers  "  all  trotted  along  empty-handed 
and  outside  the  column,  at  pretty  regular  intervals 
from  each  other,  like  subaltern  officers  in  a  march- 
ing regiment  ...  I  did  not  see  them  change  their 
position,  or  take  any  notice  of  their  small-headed 
comrades ;"  and  he  says  that  if  the  column  was 
disturbed  they  appeared  less  pugnacious  than  the 
others. 

In  the  Sauba  Ant  of  South  America  there  are 
five  distinct  kinds  of  individuals.  I  have  figured 
two  (fig.  5).  They  are  sisters,  and  of  the  same  age, 
but  so  unlike  one  another  that  one  would  hardly 
suppose  they  belonged  to  the  same  species.  No 
doubt  they  perform  different  duties.  It  has  been 
supposed  that  the  large  ones  act  as  soldTers,  but 
the  reason  for  the  difference  between  the  different 
kinds  of  workers  is  still  uncertain. 

3.  For  some  little  time  after  arriving  at  maturity, 
ants  devote  themselves  exclusively  to  the  care  of  the 
larvae  and  pup^e,  and  take  no  share  in  the  defence 
of  the  nest  or  other  out-of-door  work  until  they 
are  some  days  old.  This  seems  natural,  because 
at  first  their  skin  is  comparatively  soft ;  and  it 


Fig.  5.— The  Sauba  Ant  {Oecodoma  cep/talo.'es). 
Two  sisters.    Magnified  four  times. 


Aiits. 


would  clearly  be  undesirable  for  them  to  undertake 
rough  work  or  run  into  danger  until  their  armour 
had  had  time  to  harden.  There  are,  however, 
reasons  for  thinking  that  the  division  of  labour  is 
carried  still  further.  I  do  not  allude  merely  to 
those  cases  in  which  there  are  completely  different 
kinds  of  workers,  but  also  to  the  ordinary  workers. 
In  the  yellow  Meadow  Ant,  for  instance,  it  seems 
probable  that  the  duties  of  the  small  workers  are 
rather  different  to  those  of  the  large  ones,  though 
no  such  division  of  labour  has  yet  been  detected. 
I  have  myself  made  some  further  observations 
pointing  in  the  same  direction. 


i6 


Aiits. 


III. 

I.  The  nests  of  ants  may  be  divided  into  several 
classes.  Some  species,  our  common  Horse  Ant  for 
instance,  collect  large  quantities  of  materials,  such 
as  bits  of  stick,  fir  leaves,  &c.,  which  they  heap  up 
into  conical  masses.  Some  construct  their  nests  of 
earth,  the  cells  being  partly  above,  partly  below, 
the  natural  level.  Some  are  entirely  underground, 
others  eat  into  the  trunks  of  old  trees. 

In  some  cases  the  nests  are  very  extensive. 
Bates  mentions  that  while  he  was  at  Para  an  attempt 
was  made  to  destroy  a  nest  of  the  Sauba  Ants  by 
blowing  into  it  the  fumes  of  sulphur,  and  he  saw 
the  smoke  issue  from  a  great  number  of  holes,  some 
of  them  not  less  than  70  yards  apart. 

2.  A  community  of  ants  must  not  be  confused 
with  an  ant  hill  in  the  ordinary  sense.  Very  often, 
indeed,  a  community  has  only  one  dwelling,  and  in 
most  species  seldom  more  than  three  or  four. 
Some,  however,  form  numerous  colonies.  M.  Forel 
even  found  a  case  in  which  one  community  had  no 
less  than  200  colonies,  and  occupied  a  circular 
space  with  a  radius  of  nearly  200  yards.  Within 
this  area  they  had  destroyed  almost  all  the  other 
ants.  In  these  cases  the  number  of  ants  thus  asso- 
ciated together  must  have  been  enormous.  Even 


Ants. 


in  single  nests  Forel  estimates  the  numbers  at 
from  S,ooo  to  500,000. 

Ants  also  make  for  themselves  roads.  These 
are  not  merely  worn  by  the  continued  passage  of 
the  ants,  as  has  been  supposed  ;  but  are  actually 
prepared  by  the  ants,  rather,  however,  by  the 
removal  of  obstacles  than  by  any  actual  construc- 
tion. In  some  cases  these  roadways  are  arched 
over  with  earth,  so  as  to  form  covered  ways.  In 
others,  the  ants  excavate  regular  subterranean 
tunnels,  sometimes  of  considerable  length. 

3.  The  food  of  ants  consists  of  insects,  great 
numbers  of  which  they  destroy ;  of  honey,  honey- 
dew,  and  fruit — indeed,  scarcely  any  animal  or  sweet 
substance  comes  amiss  to  them.  Some  species — 
such,  for  instance,  as  the  small  brown  Garden  Ant 
— ascend  bushes  in  search  of  aphides  (fig.  6). 
The  ant  then  taps  the  aphis  gently  with  her 
antennae,  and  the  aphis  emits  a  drop  of  sweet 
fluid,  which  the  ant  drinks.  Sometimes  the  ants 
even  build  covered  ways  up  to  and  over  the 
aphides,  which,  moreover,  they  protect  from  the 
attacks  of  other  insects.  Our  English  ants  do  not 
store  up  provision  for  the  winter  ;  indeed,  their 
food  is  not  of  a  nature  which  would  admit  of  this. 

4-  Ants  have  many  enemies.  They  themselves, 
and  still  more  their  young,  are  a  favourite  food  of 
many  animals.  They  are  attacked  also  by  nume- 
rous parasites.  If  a  nest  of  the  brown  ant  is 
disturbed  at  any  time  during  the  summer,  some 

C 


i8 


Ants. 


small  flies  may  probably  be  seen  hovering  over  the 
nest,  and  every  now  and  then  making  a  dash  at 


< 

o 
g 

5 

a 
w 


o 


some  particular  ant.  These  flies  lay  their  eggs  on 
the  ants,  inside   which    the   larvje   live.  Other 


An  is. 


19 


species  of  the  genus  are  in  the  same  way  parasitic 
on  bees.  Ants  are  also  sometimes  attacked  by- 
mites.  On  one  occasion  I  observed  that  one  of 
my  ants  had  a  mite  attached  to  the  underside  of 
its  head.  The  mite,  which  maintained  itself  for 
more  than  three  months  in  the  same  position,  was 
almost  as  large  as  the  head  of  the  ant.  The  ant 
could  not  remove  it  herself  Being  a  queen,  she  did 
not  come  out  of  the  nest,  so  that  I  could  not  do  it 
for  her ;  and  none  of  her  own  companions  thought 
of  performing  this  kind  office. 

5.  In  character  the  different  species  of  ants 
differ  very  much  from  one  another.  F.  fusca,  the 
one  which  is  pre-eminently  the  "  Slave  "  Ant,  is,  as 
might  be  expected,  extremely  timid  ;  while  the 
nearly  allied  F.  cinerea  has,  on  the  contrary,  a 
considerable  amount  of  individual  audacity.  F. 
rufa,  the  Horse  Ant,  is,  according  to  M.  Forel, 
especially  characterised  by  the  want  of  individual 
initiative,  and  always  moves  in  troops  ;  he  also 
regards  the  genus  Formica  as  the  most  brilliant, 
though  others  excel  it  in  other  respects — as,  for 
instance,  in  the  sharpness  of  their  senses.  F.  pra- 
tensis  worries  its  slain  enemies;  F.  sanguinea 
never  does  so.  The  Amazon  Ant  is,  perhaps,  the 
bravest  of  all.  If  a  single  individual  finds  herself 
surrounded  by  enemies  she  never  attempts  to  fly,  as 
any  other  ant  would,  but  transfixes  her  opponents 
one  after  another,  springing  right  and  left  with 
great  agility,  till  at  length  she  succumbs,  over- 

c  2 


20 


Ants. 


powered  by  numbers.  Myrmica  scabrinodis  is 
cowardly  and  thievish;  during  wars  among  the 
larger  species  they  haunt  the  battle-fields  and 
devour  the  dead.  Tetramorium  is  said  to  be  very 
greedy  ;  Myrmecifta  very  phlegmatic. 

6.  In  industry  ants  are  not  surpassed  even  by 
bees  and  wasps.  They  work  all  day,  and  in  warm 
weather,  if  need  be,  even  at  night  too.  I  once 
watched  an  ant  from  six  in  the  morning  till  a 
quarter  to  ten  at  night,  and  she  worked  without 
intermission  the  whole  time.  I  had  put  her  to  a 
saucer  containing  larvae,  and  in  this  time  she 
carried  off  no  less  than  187  to  the  nest.  I  kept 
another  ant  which  I  employed  in  my  experiments, 
under  observation  several  days.  When  I  had  to 
leave  the  house,  and  again  when  I  went  to  bed  at 
night,  I  kept  her  shut  up  in  a  small  bottle,  but  the 
moment  I  let  her  out  she  began  to  work  again. 
On  one  occasion  I  was  away  from  home  for  a  week. 
On  my  return  I  took  her  out  of  the  bottle,  placing 
her  on  a  little  heap  of  larvae  about  three  feet  from 
the  nest.  Under  these  circumstances  I  certainly 
did  not  expect  her  to  return.  However,  though 
she  had  thus  been  six  days  in  confinement,  the 
brave  little  creature  immediately  picked  up  a  larva, 
carried  it  off  to  the  nest,  and  after  half  an  hour's 
rest  returned  for  another. 

7.  Our  countryman  Gould  noticed  certain 
"amusements"  or  "sportive  exercises"  which  he 
had  observed  among  ants.    Huber  also  mentions 


Ants. 


21 


scenes  which  he  had  witnessed  on  the  surface  of  ant 
hills,  and  which,  he  says,  "  I  dare  not  qualify  with 
the  title  gymnastic,  although  they  bear  a  close  re- 
semblance to  scenes  of  that  kind."  The  ants  raised 
themselves  on  their  hind  legs,  caressed  one  another 
with  their  antennae,  engaged  in  mock  combats,  and 
almost  seemed  to  be  playing  at  "hide  and  seek." 
Forel  entirely  confirms  Ruber's  statements,  though 
he  was  at  first  incredulous. 

8.  Lastly,  I  may  observe  that  ants  are  very 
cleanly  animals,  and  assist  one  another  in  this  re- 
spect. I  have  often  seen  them  licking  one  another. 
Those,  moreover,  which  I  painted  for  facility  of 
recognition  were  gradually  cleaned  by  their  friends. 

Though  ants  have  not  influenced  the  present 
condition  of  the  vegetable  kingdom  to  the  same 
extent  as  bees,  yet  they  also  have  had  a  very 
considerable  effect  upon  it  in  many  ways. 

Our  European  ants  do  not  strip  plants  of  their 
leaves.  In  the  tropics,  on  the  contrary,  some 
species  do  much  damage  in  this  manner. 

9.  There  are,  of  course,  many  cases  in  which  the 
action  of  ants  is  very  beneficial  to  plants.  They 
kill  off  a  great  number  of  small  caterpillars  and 
other  insects.  Forel  found  in  one  large  nest  that 
more  than  28  dead  insects  were  brought  in  per 
minute,  which  would  give  during  the  period  of 
greatest  energy  more  than  100,000  insects  destroyed 
in  a  day  by  the  inhabitants  of  one  nest  alone. 


22 


Fig.  7, — Root-feeding  Aphis. 


IV. 

1.  As  already  mentioned,  none  of  our  northern 
ants  store  up  grain,  and  hence  there  has  been 
much  discussion  as  to  the  well-known  passage  of 
Solomon.  I  have,  however,  observed  that  the  small 
brown  ants  sometimes  carry  seeds  of  the  violet  into 
their  nests,  but  for  what  purpose  is  not  clear.  It 
is,  however,  now  a  well-established  fact  that  more 
than  one  species  of  southern  ants  do  collect  seeds 
of  various  kinds.  The  fact,  of  course,  has  long 
been  known  in  those  regions. 

2.  A  Texan  Ant  is  also  a  harvesting  species, 
storing  up  especially  the  grains  of  the  so-called  "ant- 


Ants. 


23 


rice"  and  of  a  grass.  These  ants  clear  disks,  10  or 
12  feet  in  diameter,  round  the  entrance  to  their  nest 

 a  work  of  no  small  labour  in  the  rich  soil,  and 

under  the  hot  sun,  of  Texas.  I  say  "  clear"  disks, 
but  some,  though  not  all,  of  these  disks  are  occu- 
pied, especially  round  the  edge,  by  a  growth  of 
ant-rice.  It  seems  evident  that  the  disks  are  kept 
carefully  clean,  that  the  ant-rice  alone  is  permitted 
to  grow  on  them,  and  that  the  produce  of  this  crop 
is  carefully  harvested ;  but  it  is  possible  that  the 
ant-rice  sows  itself,  and  is  not  actually  cultivated 
by  the  ants.  I  have  myself  observed  in  Algeria, 
that  certain  plants  are  allowed  by  the  ants  to  grow 
on  their  nests  while  others  are  destroyed. 

3.  The  relations  existing  between  ants  and  other 
animals  are  even  more  interesting  than  their  rela- 
tions with  plants.  As  a  general  rule — not,  however, 
without  many  remarkable  exceptions — they  may  be 
said  to  be  those  of  deadly  hostility. 

Though  honey  is  the  principal  food  of  ants  they 
are  very  fond  of  meat,  and  in  their  wild  state 
ants  destroy  large  numbers  of  other  insects.  Our 
English  ants  generally  go  out  hunting  alone,  but 
many  of  the  species  living  in  hotter  climates  hunt 
in  packs,  or  even  in  troops. 

4.  Savage  has  given  a  graphic  account  of  the 
"  Driver"  Ants  of  West  Africa.  They  keep  down, 
he  says,  "the  more  rapid  increase  of  noxious  in- 
sects and  smaller  reptiles  ;  consume  much  dead 
animal   matter,  which   would  otherwise  become 


24 


Ajiis. 


offensive,  and  thus  vitiate  the  atmosphere  •  and 
often  compel  the  inhabitants  to  keep  their  dwell- 
ings, towns,  and  their  vicinity  in  a  state  of 
comparative  cleanliness." 

These  ants  will  soon  destroy  even  the  largest 
animal  if  it  is  confined.  In  one  case  Savage  saw 
them  kill  near  his  house  a  snake  four  feet  long. 
Indeed,  it  is  said  that  they  have  been  known  to 
destroy  the  great  boa,  when  gorged  with  food  and 
powerless.  The  natives  even  fancy  that  the 
python,  after  crushing  its  victim,  does  not  venture 
to  swalloAV  it,  until  it  has  made  a  search,  and  is 
satisfied  that  there  are  no  "Drivers"  in  the  vici- 
nity !  It  is  very  remarkable  that  these  hunting  ants 
are  blind.  They  emerge,  however,  principally  by 
night,  and,  like  some  of  the  blind  hunting  ants  of 
Brazil,  prefer  to  move  under  covered  galleries,  which 
they  construct  rapidly  as  they  advance. 

5.  It  has  long  been  known  that  ants  derive  a  very 
important  part  of  their  sustenance  from  the  sweet 
juice  excreted  by  aphides.  The  ants  may  be  said, 
almost  literally,  to  milk  the  aphides ;  for  the  aphides 
generally  retain  the  secretion  until  the  ants  are 
ready  to  receive  it.  The  ants  stroke  and  caress 
the  aphides  with  their  antennae,  and  the  aphides 
then  emit  the  sweet  fluid.  These  insects,  in  fact, 
as  has  been  over  and  over  again  observed,  are 
the  cows  of  the  ants. 

The  different  species  of  ants  utilise  different 
species  of  aphis.    The  common  brown  Garden  Ant 


A /lis. 


25 


devotes  itself  principally  to  the  aphides  (fig.  6) 
which  frequent  twigs  and  leaves  ;  another  kind  to 
the  aphides  which  live  on  the  bark  of  trees  ;  while 
the  little  yellow  ant  keeps  flocks  and  herds  of  the 
aphides  which  feed  on  the  roots  of  grasses  (fig.  7). 

6.  As  the  honey  of  the  aphides  is  more  or  less 
sticky,  it  is  probably  an  advantage  to  the  aphis 
that  it  should  be  removed.  Nor  is  this  the  only 
service  which  ants  render  to  them.  They  protect 
them  from  the  attacks  of  enemies  ;  and  not  un- 
frequently  even  build  cowsheds  of  earth  over  them. 
The  Yellow  Ants  collect  the  root-feeding  species 
(fig.  7)  in  their  nests,  and  tend  them  as  carefully  as 
their  own  young.  But  this  is  not  all.  The  ants  not 
only  guard  the  mature  aphides,  which  are  useful ; 
but  also  the  eggs  of  the  aphides,  which  of  course, 
until  they  come  to  maturity,  are  quite  useless. 

7.  I  first  met  with  these  eggs  in  February,  1876, 
and  found  that  the  ants  took  great  care  of  them, 
carrying  them  off  to  the  lower  chambers  with 
the  utmost  haste  when  the  nest  was  disturbed. 
I  brought  some  home  with  me  and  put  them  near 
one  of  my  own  nests,  when  the  ants  carried  them 
inside.  That  year  I  was  unable  to  carry  my  obser- 
vations further.  In  1877  I  again  procured  some  of 
the  same  eggs,  and  offered  them  to  my  ants,  who 
carried  them  into  the  nest,  and  in  the  course  of 
March  I  had  the  satisfaction  of  seeing  them  hatch 
into  young  aphides. 

8.  When  myeggs  hatched  I  naturallythought  that 


26 


A7iis. 


the  aphides  belonged  to  one  of  the  species  usually 
found  on  the  roots  of  plants  in  the  nests  of  the 
ants.  To  my  surprise,  however,  the  young  crea- 
tures made  the  best  of  their  way  out  of  the  nest, 
and,  indeed,  were  sometimes  brought  out  by  the 
ants  themselves.  In  vain  I  tried  them  with  roots 
of  grass,  &c. ;  they  wandered  uneasily  about,  and 
eventually  died.  Moreover,  they  did  not  in  any 
way  resemble  the  subterranean  species.  In  1878  I 
again  attempted  to  rear  these  young  aphides  ;  but 
though  I  hatched  a  great  many  eggs  I  did  not 
succeed.  In  1879,  however,  I  was  more  fortunate. 
The  eggs  commenced  to  hatch  the  first  week  in 
March.  Near  one  of  my  nests,  in  which  I  had 
placed  some  of  the  eggs  in  question,  was  a  glass 
containing  living  specimens  of  several  species  of 
plant  commonly  found  on  or  around  ants'  nests. 
To  this  some  of  the  young  aphides  were  brought 
by  the  ants.  Shortly  afterwards  I  observed  on  a 
plant  of  daisy,  in  the  angles  of  the  leaves,  some 
small  aphides,  very  much  resembling  those  from 
my  nest,  though  we  had  not  actually  traced  them 
continuously.  They  seemed  thriving,  and  remained 
stationary  on  the  daisy.  Moreover,  whether  they 
had  sprung  from  the  black  eggs  or  not,  the  ants 
evidently  valued  them,  for  they  built  up  a  wall  of 
earth  round  and  over  them.  So  things  remained 
throughout  the  summer ;  but  on  the  9th  October  I 
found  that  the  aphides  had  laid  some  eggs  exactly 
resembling  those  found  in  the  ants'  nests  ;  and  on 


Ants. 


27 


examining  daisy-plants  from  outside,  I  found  on 
many  of  them  similar  aphides,  and  more  or  less  of 
the  same  eggs. 

9.  Our  ants,  then,  though  they  may  not  perhaps 
lay  up  food  for  the  winter,  do  more,  for  they  keep 
during  six  months  the  eggs  which  will  enable  them 
to  procure  food  during  the  following  summer — a 
case  of  prudence  unexampled  in  the  animal 
kingdom. 

The  nests  of  our  Common  Yellow  Ant  contain 
in  abundance  four  or  five  species  of  aphis,  more 
than  one  of  which  appears  to  be  as  yet  undescribed. 
In  addition,  however,  to  the  insects  belonging  to 
this  family,  there  are  a  large  number  of  others 
which  live  habitually  in  ants'  nests,  so  that  we 
may  truly  say  that  our  English  ants  possess  a  much 
greater  variety  of  domestic  animals  than  we  do 
ourselves.  Large  nests  of  the  Horse  Ant  some- 
times contain  at  least  a  thousand  of  such  guests ; 
and  I  believe  that  the  aphides  in  a  nest  of  the 
little  yellow  ant  would  often  be  much  more  nume- 
rous. We  now  know  of  no  less  than  584  species  of 
insects,  which  are  habitually  found  in  association 
with  ants,  and  of  which  542  are  beetles. 

10.  The  association  of  some  of  these  insects  with 
ants  may  be  purely  accidental  and  without  signifi- 
cance. In  some  of  them  no  doubt  the  bond  of 
union  is  merely  the  selection  of  similar  places  of 
abode ;  in  some  few  others  the  ants  are  victimized 
by  parasites  of  which  they  cannot  rid  themselves. 


28 


A7its. 


Then  there  are  some  insects,  such  as  the  caterpillar 
of  that  beautiful  beetle,  the  rosechafer,  which  find  a 
congenial  place  of  residence  among  the  collection 
of  bits  of  stick,  &c,  with  which  certain  species  of 
ants  make  their  nests. 

1 1.  Another  class  of  ant  guests  are  those  which 
reside  with  the  ants  actually  in  their  galleries 
and  chambers,  but  which  the  latter  never  touch. 
Of  these  the  commonest  in  England  are  a  species 
for  which  I  have  proposed  the  name  Beckia.  They. 


Fig.  8. — White  WOODLOUSE  {Platyarthrus  koffmanseggti).   +  lo. 


are  active  bustling  little  beings,  and  I  have  kept 
hundreds,  I  may  say  thousands,  in  my  nests.  They 
run  about  in  and  out  among  the  ants,  keeping  their 
antennas  in  a  perpetual  state  of  vibration.  Another 
very  common  species  is  a  sort  of  white  woodlouse 
(fig.  8).  Both  of  these,  from  living  constantly  in  the 
dark,  have  become  blind  ;  I  say  "  have  become," 


A  Jits. 


29 


because  their  ancestors  no  doubt  had  eyes.  In 
neither  of  these  cases  have  I  ever  seen  an  ant 
take  the  sUghtest  notice  of  either  of  these  insects. 
One  might  almost  imagine  they  had  the  cap  of 
invisibihty. 

12.  It  is  certain  that  the  ants  (if  I  may  so  say) 
sanction  the  residence  of  these  insects  in  their 
nests.  An  unauthorised  interloper  would  be  at 
once  killed.  I  have,  therefore,  ventured  to  suggest 
that  these  insects  may,  perhaps,  act  as  scavengers. 

In  other  cases  the  association  is  more  close,  and 
the  ants  take  the  greatest  care  of  their  guests. 

It  appears  that  many  of  these  insects  produce 
a  secretion  which  serves  as  food  for  the  ants. 
This  is  certainly  the  case,  for  instance,  with  a 
curious  beetle  (fig.  9),  which  is  quite  blind,  and 


appears  to  be  absolutely  dependent  upon  the  ants. 
It  even  seems  to  have  lost  the  power  of  feeding 
itself ;  at  any  rate,  it  is  habitually  fed  by  the  ants, 


Fig.  9.  -Claviger. 


3°  Ants. 


who  supply  it  with  nourishment  as  they  do  one 
another.  Muller  saw  the  ants  caressing  the  beetles 
with  their  antenna..  These  beetles  have  certain 
tufts  of  hairs  (fig.  9,  d)  at  the  base  of  the  wingcases 
and  the  ants  take  these  tufts  into  their  mouths  and 
hck  them,  as  well  as  the  whole  upper  surface  of 
the  body,  with  apparently  the  greatest  enjoyment 


A  nts. 


31 


Fig.  10. — The  Slave  Ant  {Formica  Jusca). 
V. 

I.  It  is  hardly  necessary  to  say  that,  as  a  general 
rule,  each  species  of  Ant  lives  by  itself.  There  are, 
however,  some  interesting  exceptions.  One  little 
kind  of  ant  is  found  exclusively  in  the  nests  of  the 
much  larger  Horse  Ants.  We  do  not  know  what 
the  relations  between  the  two  species  are  ;  the  small 
ones,  however,  follow  the  Horse  Ants  when  they 
change  their  nest,  running  about  among  them  and 
between  their  legs,  tapping  them  inquisitively  with 
their  antennae,  and  even  sometimes  climbing  on  to 
their  backs,  as  if  for  a  ride,  while  the  large  ants  seem 
to  take  little  notice  of  them.  They  almost  seem  to 
be  the  dogs,  or  perhaps  the  cats,  of  the  ants. 
Another  small  species,  which  makes  its  chambers 
and  galleries  in  the  walls  of  the  nests  of  larger 


32 


Aiiis. 


species,  is  the  bitter  enemy  of  its  hosts.  The  latter 
cannot  get  at  them,  because  they  are  too  large  to 
enter  the  galleries.  The  little  ones,  therefore,  are 
quite  safe,  and,  as  it  appears,  make  incursions  'into 
of  tlic  l3.rj^d 

ant,  and  carry  off  the 
larvae  as  food.  It  is  as  if  we  had  small  dwarfs, 
about  1 8  inches  to  2  feet  long,  harbouring  in  the 
walls  of  our  houses,  and  every  now  and  then 
carrying  off  some  of  our  children  into  their  horrid 
dens. 

2.  Most  ants,  indeed,  will  carry  off  the  larvce  and 
pupae  of  others  if  they  get  a  chance  ;  and  this 
explains,  or  at  any  rate  throws  some  light  upon, 
that  most  remarkable  phenomenon,  the  existence 
of  slavery  among  ants.  If  you  place  a  number  of 
larvae  and  pupae  in  front  of  a  nest  of  the  Horse 
Ant,  for  instance,  they  are  soon  carried  off;  and 
those  which  are  not  immediately  required  for  food 
remain  alive  for  some  time,  and  are  even  fed  by 
their  captors. 

3.  Both  the  Horse  Ant  and  the  Slave  Ant  are 
abundant  species,  and  it  must  not  unfrequently  occur 
that  the  former,  being  pressed  for  food,  attack  the 
latter  and  carry  off  some  of  their  larvae  and  pupae. 
Under  these  circumstances  it  no  doubt  occasionally 
happens  that  the  pupae  come  to  maturity  in  the 
nests  of  the  Horse  Ant,  and  it  is  said  that  nests  are 
sometimes,  though  rarely,  found  in  which,  with  the 
legitimate  owners,  there  are  a  few  Formica  fiisca. 
With  the  Horse  Ant  this  is,  however,  a  very  rare 


An  is. 


33 


and  exceptional  phenomenon;  but  with  an  aUicd 
species,  F.  sanpdnea,  a  species  which  exists  in  some 
of  our  southern  counties  and  throughout  Europe,  it 
has  become  an  estabHshed  habit.  The  F.  sangumea 
make  periodical  expeditions,  attack  neighbouring 
nests,  carrying  off  the  larvae  and  pupae,  selecting 
those  which  will  produce  workers.  When  the  latter 
come  to  maturity  they  find  themselves  in  a  nest 
consisting  partly  of  F.  sanguinea,  partly  of  their 
own  species,  the  results  of  previous  expeditions. 
They  adapt  themselves  to  circumstances,  assist  in 
the  ordinary  household  duties,  and,  having  no 
young  of  their  own  species,  feed  and  tend  those  of 
the  F.  sangui7iea.  But  though  the  F.  sanguinea 
are  thus  aided  by  their  slaves,  or  as  they  should 
rather  perhaps  be  called,  by  their  auxiliaries,  they 
have  not  themselves  lost  the  instinct  of  working. 
It  seems  not  improbable  that  there  is  some  divi- 
sion of  functions  between  the  two  species,  but  we 
have  as  yet  no  distinct  knowledge  on  this  point ; 
and  at  any  rate  the  F.  sanguinea  can  "  do "  for 
themselves  and  carry  on  a  nest,  if  necessary,  with- 
out slaves. 

4.  Another  species,  the  Amazon  Ant  {Polyergus 
rufescens,  fig.  i),  is  much  more  dependent  on  its 
slaves,  being,  indeed,  almost  entirely  so. 

For  the  knowledge  of  the  existence  of  slavery 
among  ants  we  are  indebted  to  Huber,  and  I  can- 
not resist  quoting  the  passai^e  in  which  he  records 
his  discovery  : — 


34 


Atits. 


"On  June  17,  1804,"  he  says,  "while  walking  in 
the  environs  of  Geneva  between  four  and  five  in 
the  evening,  I  observed  close  at  my  feet,  traversing 
the  road,  a  legion  of  Amazon  Ants.  They  moved 
in  a  body  with  considerable  rapidity,  and  occupied 
a  space  of  from  eight  to  ten  inches  in  length  by 
three  or  four  in  breadth.  In  a  few  minutes  they 
quitted  the  road,  passed  a  thick  hedge,  and  entered 
a  pasture  ground,  where  I  followed  them.  They 
wound  along  the  grass  without  straggling,  and 
their  column  remained  unbroken,  notwithstanding 
the  obstacles  they  had  to  surmount.  At  length 
they  approached  a  nest  inhabited  by  dark  ash- 
colour^d  ants  {Formica  fusca,  fig.  10),  the  dome  of 
which  rose  above  the  grass,  at  a  distance  of  twenty 
feet  from  the  hedge.  Some  of  its  inhabitants  were 
guarding  the  entrance,  but,  on  the  discovery  of  an 
approaching  army,  darted  forth  upon  the  advanced 
guard.  The  alarm  spread  at  the  same  moment  in 
the  interior,  and  their  companions  came  forth  in 
numbers  from  their  underground  residence.  The 
Amazon  Ants,  the  bulk  of  whose  army  lay  only  at 
the  distance  of  two  paces,  quickened  their  march 
to  arrive  at  the  foot  of  the  ant-hill ;  the  whole  bat- 
talion, in  an  instant,  fell  upon  and  overthrew  the 
ash-coloured  ants,  who,  after  a  short  but  obstinate 
conflict,  retired  to  the  bottom  of  their  nest.  The 
Amazon  Ants  now  ascended  the  hillock,  collected 
in  crowds  on  the  summit,  and  took  possession  of 
the  principal  avenues,  leaving  some  of  their  com- 


Ants. 


35 


panions  to  work  an  opening  in  the  side  of  the  ant- 
hill with  their  teeth.  Success  crowned  their  enter- 
prise, and  by  the  newly-made  breach  the  remainder 
of  the  army  entered.  Their  sojourn  was,  however, 
of  short  duration,  for  in  three  or  four  minutes  they 
returned  by  the  same  apertures  which  gave  them 
entrance,  each  bearing  off  in  its  jaws  a  larva  or  a 
pupa." 

5.  The  expeditions  generally  start  in  the  after- 
noon, and  are  from  100  to  2,000  strong. 

The  Amazon  Ant  presents  a  striking  lesson  of  the 
degrading  tendency  of  slavery,  for  these  ants  have 
become  entirely  dependent  on  their  slaves.  Even 
their  bodily  structure  has  undergone  a  change:  the 
mandibles  have  lost  their  teeth  and  have  become 
mere  nippers,  deadly  weapons  indeed,  but  useless 
except  in  war.    They  have  lost  the  greater  part  of 
their  instincts  :  their  art—  that  is,  the  power  of 
building ;  their  domestic  habits,  for  they  show  no 
care  for  their  own  young,  all  this  being  done  by  the 
slaves;  their  industry — for  they  take  no  part  in 
providing  the  daily  supplies.    If  the  colony  changes 
the  situation  of  its  nest  the  mistresses  are  all  carried 
by  the  slaves  on  their  backs  to  the  new  one ;  nay, 
they  have  even  lost  the  habit  of  feeding.  Huber 
placed  30  of  them  with  some  larvae  and  pupae  and 
a  supply  of  honey  in  a  box.    "At  first,"  he  says, 
"  they  appeared  to  pay  some  little  attention  to  the 
larvae,  they  carried  them  here  and  there,  but  pre- 
sently replaced  them.    More  than  one-half  of  the 

D  2 


36 


Anis. 


Amazons  died  of  hunger  in  less  than  two  days; 
they  had  not  even  traced  out  a  dweUing,  and  the 
few  ants  still  in  existence  were  languid  and  with- 
out strength.  I  commiserated  their  condition,  and 
gave  them  one  of  their  black  companions.  This 
individual,  unassisted,  established  order,  formed  a 
chamber  in  the  earth,  gathered  together  the  larvae, 
extricated  several  young  ants  that  were  ready  to 
quit  the  condition  of  pupae,  and  preserved  the  life 
of  the  remaining  Amazons." 

6.  This  obsei-vation  has  been  fully  confirmed  by 
other  naturalists.  However  small  the  prison,  how- 
ever large  the  quantity  of  food,  these  stupid  crea- 
tures will  starve  in  the  midst  of  plenty  rather  than 
feed  themselves. 

M.  Forel  was  kind  enough  to  send  me  a  nest  of 
the  Amazon  Ants,  and  I  kept  it  under  observation 
for  more  than  four  years.  My  specimens  certainly 
never  fed  themselves,  and  when  the  community 
changed  its  nest,  which  they  did  several  times,  the 
mistresses  were  carried  from  the  one  to  the  other 
by  the  slaves.  I  was  even  able  to  observe  one  of 
their  marauding  expeditions,  in  which,  however, 
the  slaves  took  a  part. 

7.  I  do  not  doubt  that,  as  Huber  tells  us,  speci- 
mens if  kept  by  themselves  in  a  box  would  soon  die 
of  starvation,  even  if  supplied  with  food.  I  have, 
however,  kept  isolated  specimens  for  three  months 
by  giving  them  a  slave  for  an  hour  or  two  a  day  to 
clean  and  feed  them  :  under  these  circumstances 


Ants. 


37 


they  remained  in  perfect  health,  while  but  for  the 
slaves  they  would  have  perished  in  two  or  three 
days.  Except  the  slave-making  ants,  and  some  of 
the  beetles  which  live  with  ants,  I  know  no  case 
in  nature  of  an  animal  having  lost  the  instinct  of 
feeding. 

8.  In  the  Amazon  Ants,  the  so-called  workers, 
though  thus  helpless  and  idle,  are  numerous,  ener- 
getic, and  in  some  respects  even  brilliant.  In  another 
slave-making  ant,  Strongylognathus,  the  workers  are 
much  less  numerous  and  so  weak  that  it  is  an  un- 
solved problem  how  they  contrive  to  make  slaves. 
In  the  genus  Strong}' lognathus  there  are  two 
species,  wS".  huberi  and  6".  testaceiis.  S.  /mberi,  which 
was  discovered  by  Forel,  very  much  resembles 
Polyergns  rufescens  in  habits.  They  have  sabre- 
like mandibles,  like  those  of  Polyergns,  and  their 
mode  of  fighting  is  similar,  but  they  are  much 
weaker  insects ;  they  make  slaves  of  Tetrmnorium 
ccespit2C7n,  which  they  carry  off  as  pupae.  In  attack- 
ing the  Tetraniorinms  they  seize  them  by  the  head 
with  their  jaws  just  in  the  same  way  as  Polyergns, 
but  have  not  strength  enough  to  pierce  them  as  the 
latter  do.  Nevertheless,  the  Tetramoriums  seem 
much  afraid  of  them. 

9.  The  other  species,  Strongylognathus  testaceus, 
is  even  weaker  than  5.  hnberi,  and  their  mode  of  life 
is  still  in  many  respects  an  enigma.  They  also 
keep  the  workers  of  Tetramorium  in,  so  to  say,  a 
state  of  slavery,  but  how  they  procure  the  slaves  is 


38 


Ants. 


still  a  mystery.    They  fight  in  the  same  manner 
as  Polyergiis;  but  are  no  match  for  the  Tetra- 
moriums,  a  courageous  species,  and  one  which  lives 
in  large  communities.     On  one  occasion  Forel 
brought  a  nest  of  Tetraniorium  and  put  it  down 
very  near  one  of  Strongylognathus  testaceus  with 
Tetrainorium  slaves.    A  battle  at  once  commenced 
between  the  two  communities.     The  Strongylog- 
nathus rushed  boldly  to  the  fight,  but,  though  their 
side  won  the  day,  this  was  mainly  due  to  the  slaves. 
The  Strongylognathus  themselves  were  almost  all 
killed ;   and  though  the  energy  of  their  attack 
seemed  at  first  to  disconcert  their  opponents,  Forel 
assures  us  that  they  did  not  succeed  in  killing 
even  a  single  Tetraniorium.    In  fact,  as  he  graphi- 
cally observes,  Strongylognathus  is  "  a  melancholy 
caricature  "  of  Polyergus,  and   it   seems  almost 
impossible  that  by  themselves  they  could  success- 
fully attack  a  nest  of  Tetj'amoriuni.    Moreover,  in 
Strongylognathus,  the  workers  are  comparatively 
few.    Nevertheless,  they  are  always  found  with  the 
Tetramoriums,  and  in  these  mixed  nests  there  are 
no  males  or  females  of  Tetramorutm,  but  only 
those  of  Strongylognathus.    Again,  the  whole  work 
of  the  nest  is  done  by  the  slaves,  though  Strongy- 
lognat/ms  has  not,  like  Polyergus,  entirely  lost  the 
power  of  feeding  itself 

10.  But  if  the  economy  of  Strongylognathus  is  an 
enigma,  that  of  Anergates  is  still  more  mysterious. 
It  seems  quite  clear  that  Anergates  cannot  procure 


Ants. 


39 


its  slaves,  if  such  they  are,  by  marauding  expeditions 
Hke  those  of  Polyergtis;  in  the  first  place,  because 
the  Anergates  are  too  few,  and  secondly,  because 
they  are  too  weak.  The  whole  question  is  rendered 
more  difficult  because  no  larvae  or  pupas  of  Tetra- 
mormm  have  ever  been  found  in  the  mixed  nests. 
The  community  consisted  of  males  and  females  of 
Anergates,  accompanied  and  tended  by  workers  of 
Tetramormm  ccespitiiin.  The  Anergates  are  abso- 
lutely dependent  upon  their  slaves,  and  cannot 
even  feed  themselves.  The  whole  problem  is, 
therefore,  most  puzzhng  and  interesting. 

11.  These  four  genera  offer  us  every  gradation 
from  lawless  violence  to  contemptible  parasitism. 
Formica  sanguinea,  which  may  be  assumed  to  have 
comparatively  recently  taken  to  slave-making,  has 
not  as  yet  been  materially  affected. 

The  Amazon  Ant  {Polyergics),  on  the  contrary, 
already  illustrates  the  lowering  tendency  of  slavery. 
They  have  lost  their  knowledge  of  art,  their  natural 
affection  for  their  young,  and  even  their  instinct 
of  feeding  !  They  are,  however,  bold  and  powerful 
marauders. 

In  Strongylognathus,  the  enervating  influence  o 
slavery  has  gone  further,  and  told  even  on  the  bodily 
strength.  They  are  no  longer  able  to  capture  their 
slaves  in  fair  and  open  warfare.  Still  they  retain  a 
semblance  of  authority,  and,  when  roused,  will  fight 
bravely,  though  in  vain. 

12.  In  Anergates,  finally,  we  come  to  the  last  scene 


40 


A  nts. 


of  this  sad  history.    We  may  safely  conclude  that 
in  distant  times  their  ancestors  lived,  as  so  many 
ants  do  now,  partly  by  hunting,  partly  on  honey; 
that  by  degrees  they  became  bold  marauders,  and 
gradually  took  to  keeping  slaves  ;  that  for  a  time 
they  maintained  their  strength  and  agility,  though 
losing  by  degrees  their  real  independence,  their  arts, 
and  even  many  of  their  instincts  ;  that  gradually 
even  their  bodily  force  dwindled  away  under  the 
enervating  influence  to  which  they  had  subjected 
themselves,  until  they  sank  to  their  present  degraded 
condition — weak  in  body  and  mind,  few  in  numbers, 
and  apparently  nearly  extinct,  the  miserable  repre- 
sentatives of  far  superior  ancestors,  maintaining  a 
precarious  existence  as  contemptible  parasites  of 
their  former  slaves. 

13.  But  putting  these  slave-making  ants  on  one 
side,  we  find  in  the  different  species  of  ants  different 
conditions  of  life,  curiously  answering  to  the  earlier 
stages  of  human  progress.     For  instance,  some 
species,  such  as  Formica  fusca,  live  principally  on 
the  produce  of  the  chase  ;  for  though  they  feed 
partly  on  the  honey-dew  of  aphides,  they  have  not 
domesticated  these  insects.    These  ants  probably 
retain  the  habits  once  common  to  all  ants.  They  re- 
semble the  lower  races  of  men,  who  subsist  mainly 
by  hunting.    Like  them  they  frequent  woods  and 
wilds,  live  in  comparatively  small  communities,  and 
the  instincts  of  collective  action  are  but  little  de- 
veloped among  them.    They  hunt  singly,  and  their 


Ants. 


41 


battles  are  single  combats,  like  those  of  the  Homeric 
heroes.  Such  species  as  the  yellow  Meadow  Ant 
represent  a  distinctly  higher  type  of  social  life ;  they 
show  more  skill  in  architecture,  may  literally  be  said 
to  have  domesticated  certain  species  of  aphides,  and 
their  condition  may  be  compared  to  the  pastoral 
stage  of  human  progress — to  the  races  which  live 
on  the  produce  of  their  flocks  and  herds.  Their 
communities  are  more  numerous  ;  they  act  much 
more  in  concert ;  their  battles  are  not  mere  single 
combats,  for  they  know  how  to  act  in  combination. 
I  am  disposed  to  hazard  the  conjecture  that  they 
will  gradually  exterminate  the  mere  hunting  species, 
just  as  savages  disappear  before  more  advanced 
races.  Lastly,  the  agricultural  nations  may  be 
compared  with  the  harvesting  ants. 

Thus  there  seem  to  be  three  principal  types,  offer- 
ing a  curious  analogy  to  the  three  great  phases— the 
hunting,  pastoral,  and  agricultural  stages — in  the 
history  of  human  development. 


42 


A  fits. 


VI. 

1.  The  behaviour  of  ants  to  one  another  differs 
much  according  to  circumstances  ;  whether,  for  in- 
stance, they  are  alone,  or  supported  by  friends.  An 
ant  which  would  run  away  in  the  first  case  will  de- 
fend herself  bravely  in  the  second. 

On  one  occasion  several  ants  belonging  to  one  of 
my  nests  were  feeding  on  some  honey  spread  on  a 
slip  of  glass.  One  of  them  had  got  thoroughly 
entangled  in  it.  I  took  her  and  put  her  down 
just  in  front  of  another  individual  belonging  to  the 
same  nest,  and  close  by  I  placed  a  drop  of  honey. 
The  ant  devoted  herself  to  the  honey  and  entirely 
neglected  her  friend,  whom  she  left  to  perish. 
I  then  chloroformed  one,  and  put  her  on  the  board 
among  her  friends.  Several  touched  her,  but  from 
12  to  2.30  P.M.  none  took  any  particular  notice  of 
her. 

2.  On  the  other  hand,  I  have  only  on  one  occasion 
seen  a  living  ant  expelled  from  her  nest.  I  observed 
(April  23,  1880)  an  ant  carrying  another  belonging 
to  the  same  community  away  from  the  nest.  The 
condemned  ant  made  a  very  feeble  resistance.  The 
first  ant  carried  her  burthen  hither  and  thither  for 
some  time,  evidently  trying  to  get  away  from  the 
nest,  which  was  enclosed  by  a  barrier  of  fur.  After 


Ants. 


43 


watching  for  some  time  I  provided  the  ant  with 
a  paper  bridge,  up  which  she  immediately  went, 
dropped  her  victim  on  the  far  side,  and  returned 
home.  Could  this  have  been  a  case  in  which  an 
aged  or  invalid  ant  was  being  expelled  from  the 
nest  ? 

3.  In  order  to  test  the  affection  of  ants  belonging 
to  the  same  nest  for  one  another,  I  tried  the  follow- 
ing experiments.  I  took  six  ants  from  one  of  my 
nests,  imprisoned  them  in  a  small  bottle,  one  end 
of  which  was  covered  with  a  layer  of  muslin.  I 
then  put  the  muslin  close  to  the  door  of  the  nest. 
The  muslin  was  of  open  texture,  the  meshes,  how- 
ever, being  sufficiently  small  to  prevent  the  ants 
from  escaping.  They  could,  however,  not  only  see 
one  another,  but  communicate  freely  with  their 
antenns.  We  now  watched  to  see  whether  the 
prisoners  would  be  tended  or  fed  by  their  friends. 
We  could  not,  however,  observe  that  the  least  notice 
was  taken  of  them.  The  experiment,  nevertheless, 
was  less  conclusive  than  could  be  wished,  because 
they  might  have  been  fed  at  night  or  at  some  time 
when  we  were  not  looking.  It  struck  me,  there- 
fore, that  it  would  be  interesting  to  treat  some 
strangers  also  in  the  same  manner. 

4-  On  September  2,  therefore,  I  put  two  ants  from 
one  of  my  nests  into  a  bottle,  the  end  of  which  was 
tied  up  with  muslin  as  described,  and  laid  it  down 
close  to  the  nest.  In  a  second  bottle  I  put  two 
ants  from  another  nest  of  the  same  species.  The 


44 


Ants. 


ants  which  were  at  liberty  took  no  notice  of  the 
bottle  containing  their  imprisoned  friends.  The 
strangers  in  the  other  bottle,  on  the  contrary,  ex- 
cited them  considerably.  The  whole  day  one, 
two,  or  more  ants  stood  sentry,  as  it  were,  over  the 
bottle.  In  the  evening  no  less  than  twelve  were 
collected  round  it,  a  larger  number  than  usually 
came  out  of  the  nest  at  any  one  time.  The  whole 
of  the  next  two  days,  in  the  same  way,  there 
were  several  ants  round  the  bottle  containing  the 
strangers  ;  while,  as  far  as  we  could  see,  no  notice 
whatever  was  taken  of  the  friends.  On  the  9th 
the  ants  had  eaten  through  the  muslin,  and  effected 
an  entrance.  We  did  not  chance  to  be  on  the 
spot  at  the  moment  ;  but  as  I  found  two  ants  lying 
dead,  one  in  the  bottle  and  one  just  outside,  I  think 
there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  strangers  were 
put  to  death.  The  friends  throughout  were  quite 
neglected. 

5.  In  one  of  my  nests  was  an  ant  which  had  come 
into  the  world  without  antennae.  Never  having 
previously  met  A'ith  such  a  case,  I  watched  her 
with  great  interest ;  but  she  never  appeared  to  leave 
the  nest.  At  length  one  day  I  found  her  wander- 
ing about  in  an  aimless  sort  of  manner,  and 
apparently  not  knowing  her  way  at  all.  After  a 
while  she  fell  in  with  some  specimens  of  the  little 
yellow  ant,  who  directly  attacked  her.  I  at  once 
set  myself  to  separate  them  ;  but  owing  either 
to  the  wounds  she  had  received  from  her  enemies 


Ants. 


45 


or  to  my  rough  though  well-meant  handling,  or  to 
both,  she  was  evidently  much  wounded,  and  lay 
helplessly  on  the  ground.  After  some  time  another 
ant  from  her  nest  came  by.  She  examined  the 
poor  sufferer  carefully,  then  picked  her  up  gently 
and  carried  her  away  into  the  nest.  It  would  have 
been  difficult  for  any  one  who  witnessed  this  scene 
to  have  denied  to  this  ant  the  possession  of  humane 
feelings. 

6.  Again,  on  another  occasion,  I  perceived  a  poor 
ant  lying  on  her  back  and  quite  unable  to  move.  The 
legs  were  in  cramped  attitudes,  and  the  two  antennas 
rolled  up  in  spirals.  She  was,  of  course,  altogether 
unable  to  feed  herself  After  this  I  kept  my  eye 
on  her.  Several  times  I  tried  uncovering  the  part 
of  the  nest  where  she  was.  The  other  ants  soon 
carried  her  into  the  shaded  part.  One  day  the 
ants  were  all  out  of  the  nest,  probably  for  fresh  air, 
and  had  collected  together  in  a  corner  of  the  box  ; 
they  had  not,  however,  forgotten  her,  but  had 
carried  her  with  them.  I  took  off  the  glass  lid  of 
the  box,  and  after  a  while  they  returned  as  usual 
to  the  nest,  taking  her  in  again.  The  next  day  she 
was  still  alive,  but  shortly  afterwards,  notwithstand- 
ing all  their  care,  she  died. 

At  the  present  time  I  have  two  other  ants  per- 
fectly crippled  in  a  similar  manner,  so  that  they  are 
quite  unable  to  move,  but  they  have  been  tended 
and  fed  by  their  companions,  the  one  for  five  the 
other  for  four  months. 


46 


Ants. 


7.  In  May,  1879,  I  gave  a  lecture  on  ants  at  the 
Royal  Institution,  and  was  anxious  to  exhibit  a 
nest  of  the  little  yellow  ant  with  the  queen.  While 
preparing  the  nest,  on  May  9,  we  accidentally 
crushed  the  queen.  The  ants,  however,  did  no't 
desert  her,  or  drag  her  out  as  they  do  dead  workers, 
but,  on  the  contrary,  carried  her  with  them  into  the 
new  nest,  and  subsequently  into  a  larger  one  with 
which  I  supplied  them,  congregating  round  her, 
just  as  if  she  had  been  alive,  for  more  than  six 
weeks,  when  we  lost  sight  of  her. 

8.  In  order  to  ascertain  whether  ants  knew  their 
tellows  by  any  sign  or  pass-word,  as  has  been 
suggested  in  the  case  of  bees,  I  was  anxious  to  see 
if  they  could  recognise  them  when  in  a  state  of 
insensibility.  I  tried,  therefore,  the  following  ex- 
periments with  some  specimens  of  the  little  yellow 
ant : — 

September  10,  at  6  P.M.,  a  number  of  these  ants 
were  out  feeding  on  some  honey,  placed  on  one  of 
my  tables,  and  surrounded  by  a  moat  of  water.  I 
then  took  several  ants,  some  belonging  to  the  same 
nest  and  some  from  another,  and  intoxicated  them. 
To  do  this  I  was  obliged  to  put  them  for  a  few 
moments  in  spirit,  for  no  ant  would  voluntarily 
drink  more  than  was  good  for  it.  The  sober  ants 
took  them  up  one  by  one.  Their  own  friends  they 
carried  into  the  nest,  while  they  threw  the  strangers 
into  the  ditch. 

9.  It  seems  clear,  therefore,  that  even  in  a  condi- 


Anis. 


47 


tion  of  insensibility  ants  are  recognised  by  their 
friends. 

It  has  been  already  shown  that  with  ants,  as 
with  bees,  while  the  utmost  harmony  reigns  between 
those  belonging  to  the  same  community,  all  others 
are  enemies.    I  have  elsewhere  given  ample  proof 
that  a  strange  ant  is  never  tolerated  in  a  com- 
munity.   This  of  course  implies  that  all  the  bees  or 
ants  of  a  community  have  the  power  of  recognising 
one  another — a  most  surprising  fact,  when  we  con- 
sider their  immense  numbers.    It  is  calculated  that 
in  a  single  hive  there  may  be  as  many  as  50,000 
bees,  and  in  the  case  of  ants  the  numbers  are  'still 
greater.    In  the  large  communities  of  ants  it  is 
probable  that  there  may  be  as  many  as  from 
400,000  to  500,000  ants,  and  in  other  cases  even 
these  large  numbers  are  exceeded. 

10.  If,  however,  a  stranger  is  put  among  the  ants 
of  another  nest  she  is  at  once  attacked. 

Moreover,  we  have  not  only  to  deal  with  the  fact 
that  ants  know  all  their  comrades,  but  that  they 
recognise  them  even  after  a  lengthened  separation. 

Huber  mentions  some  ants  which  he  had  kept 
m  captivity,  and  which  had  accidentally  escaped 
"  met  and  recognised  their  former  companions,  fel! 
to  mutual  caresses  with  their  antenna,  took  them 
up  by  their  mandibles,  and  led  them  to  their  own 
nests  ;  they  came  presently  in  a  crowd  to  seek  the 
fugitives  under  and  about  the  artificial  ant-hill  and 
even  ventured  to  reach  the  bell-glass,  where  'they 


48 


A  nts. 


effected  a  complete  desertion  by  carrying  away 
successively  all  the  ants  they  found  there.  In  a 
few  days  the  nest  was  depopulated.  These  ants 
had  remained  four  months  without  any  communi- 
cation." 

Forel,  indeed,  regards  the  movements  observed 
by  Huber  as  having  indicated  fear  and  surprise 
rather  than  affection  ;  though  he  is  quite  disposed 
to  believe,  from  his  own  observations,  that  ants 
would  recognise  one  another  after  a  separation  of 
several  months. 

1 1.  The  above  observation  recorded  by  Huber  was 
made  casually,  and  he  did  not  take  any  steps  to  test 
it  by  subsequent  experiments.  The  fact,  however, 
is  of  so  much  importance  that  I  determined  to  make 
further  observations  on  the  subject.  In  the  first 
place,  I  may  repeat  that  I  have  satisfied  myself  by 
many  experiments,  that  ants  from  one  community 
introduced  into  another, — always,  be  it  understood, 
of  the  same  species,  —  are  attacked,  and  either 
driven  out  or  killed.  It  follows,  therefore,  that  as 
within  the  nest  the  most  complete  harmony  pre- 
vails—indeed, I  have  never  seen  a  quarrel  between 
sister  ants — they  must  by  some  means  recognise 
one  another. 

When  we  consider  their  immense  numbers  this 
is  sufficiently  surprising;  but  that  they  should 
recognise  one  another,  as  stated  by  Huber,  after  a 
separation  of  months,  is  still  more  astonishing. 

I  determined  therefore  to  repeat  and  extend  his 
observarions. 


Anis. 


49 


VII. 


1.  Accordingly,  on  August  20,  1875,  I  divided  a 
colony  of  ants,  so  that  one  half  were  in  one  nest, 
A,  and  the  other  half  in  another,  B,  and  were  kept 
entirely  apart. 

On  October  3,  I  put  into  nest  B  a  stranger  and 
an  old  companion  from  nest  A.  They  were  marked 
with  a  spot  of  colour.  One  of  the  ants  imme- 
diately flew  at  the  stranger  ;  of  the  friend  they  took 
no  notice. 

This  experiment  I  repeated  many  times,  and 
always  with  the  same  result. 

2.  I  separated  one  of  my  colonies  of  ants  into  two 
halves  on  August  4,  1875,  and  kept  them  entirely 
apart.  From  time  to  time  I  put  specimens  from 
the  one  half  back  into  the  other.  At  first  the 
friends  were  always  amicably  received,  but  after 
some  months'  separation  they  were  occasionally 
attacked,  as  if  some  of  the  ants,  perhaps  the 
young  ones,  did  not  recognise  them.  Still  they 
were  never  killed,  or  driven  out  of  the  nest,  so  that 
evidently  when  a  mistake  was  made,  it  was  soon 
recognised.  No  one  who  saw  the  different  manner 
in  which  these  ants  and  strangers  were  treated 
could  have  the  slightest  doubt  that  the  former  were 
recognised  as  friends  and  the  latter  as  enemies 

E 


50 


Anis. 


The  last  three  were  put  back  on  May  14,  1877, 
that  is^  to  say,  after  a  separation  of  a  year  and  nine 
months,  and  yet  they  were  amicably  received,  and 
evidently  recognised  as  friends  ! 

That  ants  and  bees  have  a  certain  power  of  com- 
munication cannot  be  denied,  but  how  far  their 
powers  reach  is  very  doubtful. 

3.  Every  one  knows  that  if  an  ant  or  a  bee  in  the 
course  of  her  rambles  has  found  a  supply-  of  food, 
a  number  of  others  will  soon  make  their  way  to 
the  store.  This,  however,  does  not  necessarily 
imply  any  power  of  describing  localities.  A  very 
simple  sign  would  suffice,  and  very  little  intelli- 
gence is  implied,  if  the  other  ants  merely  accom- 
pany their  friend  to  the  treasure  which  she  has 
discovered.  On  the  other  hand,  if  the  ant  or  bee 
can  describe  the  locality,  and  send  her  friends  to 
the  food,  the  case  is  very  different.  This  point, 
therefore,  seemed  to  me  very  important;  and  I 
have  made  a  number  of  observations  bearing  on  it. 

4.  The  following  may  be  taken  as  a  type  of  what 
happens  under  such  circumstances.  On  June  12, 
1874,  I  put  an  ant,  belonging  to  a  nest  which  I 
had  kept  two  or  three  days  without  food,  to  some 
honey.  She  fed  as  usual,  and  then  was  returning 
to  the  nest,  when  she  met  some  friends,  whom  she 
proceeded  to  feed.  When  she  had  thus  distributed 
her  stores,  she  returned  alone  to  the  honey,  none 
of  the  rest  coming  with  her.  When  she  had  a 
second  time  laid  in  a  stock  of  food,  she  again  in 


Aiits. 


51 


the  same  way  fed  several  ants  on  her  way  towards 
the  nest;  but  this  time  five  of  those  so  fed  returned 
with  her  to  the  honey.  In  due  course  these  five 
would  no  doubt  have  brought  others,  and  so  the 
number  at  the  honey  would  have  increased. 

5.  Again,  one  rather  cold  day,  when  but  few  ants 
were  out,  I  selected  a  specimen  of  an  ant,  belong- 
ing to  a  nest  which  I  had  brought  back  with  me  from 
Algeria.    She  was  out  hunting  about  6  feet  from 
home,  and  I  placed  before  her  a  large  dead  blue- 
bottle fly,  which  she  at  once  began  to  drag  to  the 
nest.    I  then  pinned  the  fly  to  a  piece  of  cork,  in  a 
small  box,  so  that  no  ant  could  see  the  fly  until 
she  had  climbed  up  the  side  of  the  box.    The  ant 
struggled,  of  course  in  vain,  to  move  the  fly.  She 
pulled  first  in  one  direction  and  then  in  another, 
but,  finding  her  efforts  fruitless,  she  at  length 
started  off  back  to  the  nest  empty-handed.  At 
this  time  there  were  no  ants  coming  out  of  the 
nest.    Probably  there  were  some  few  others  out 
hunting,  but  for  at  least  a  quarter  of  an  hour  no 
ant  had  left  the  nest.    My  ant  entered  the  nest, 
but  did  not  remain  there;  in  less  than  a  minute 
she  emerged  accompanied  by  seven  friends.  I 
never  saw  so  many  come  out  of  that  nest  together 
before.    In  her  excitement  the  first  ant  soon  dis- 
tanced her  companions,  who  took  the  matter  much 
more  coolly,  and  had  all  the  appearance  of  having 
come  out  reluctantly,  or  as  if  they  had  been  asleep 
and  were  only  half  awake.    The  first  ant  ran  on 

E  2 


52 


Ants. 


ahead,  going  straight  to  the  fly.  The  others  fol- 
lowed slowly  and  with  many  meanderings ;  so 
slowly,  indeed,  that  for  20  minutes  the  first  ant 
was  alone  at  the  fly,  trying  in  every  way  to  move 
it.  Finding  this  still  impossible,  she  again  returned 
to  the  nest,  not  chancing  to  meet  any  of  her  friends 
by  the  way.  Again  she  emerged  in  less  than  a 
minute  with  eight  friends,  and  hurried  on  to  the  fly. 
They  were  even  less  energetic  than  the  first  party  ; 
and  when  they  found  they  had  lost  sight  of  their 
guide,  they  one  and  all  returned  to  the  nest.  In 
the  meantime  several  of  the  first  detachment  had 
found  the  fly,  and  one  of  them  succeeded  in  de- 
taching a  leg,  with  which  she  returned  in  triumph 
to  the  nest,  coming  out  again  directly  with  four  or 
five  companions.  These  latter,  with  one  exception, 
soon  gave  up  the  chase  and  returned  to  the  nest. 
I  do  not  think  so  much  of  this  last  case,  because 
as  the  ant  carried  in  a  substantial  piece  of  booty  in 
the  shape  of  the  fly's  leg,  it  is  not  surprising  that 
some  of  her  friends  should  have  accompanied  her 
on  her  return ;  but  surely  the  other  two  cases 
indicate  a  distinct  power  of  communication. 

6.  Lest,  however,  it  should  be  supposed  that  the 
result  was  accidental,  I  determined  to  try  it  again. 
Accordingly  on  the  following  day  I  put  another 
large  dead  fly  before  an  ant  belonging  to  the  same 
nest,  pinning  it  to  a  piece  of  cork  as  before.  After 
trying  in  vain  for  ten  minutes  to  move  the  fly,  my 
ant  started  off"  home.    At  that  time  I  could  only 


Anis. 


53 


see  two  other  ants  of  that  species  outside  the  nest. 
Yet  in  a  few  seconds,  considerably  less  than  a 
minute,  she  emerged  with  no  less  than  12  friends. 
As  in  the  previous  case,  she  ran  on  ahead,  and  they 
followed  very  slowly  and  by  no  means  directly, 
taking,  in  fact,  nearly  half  an  hour  to  reach  the  fly. 
The  first  ant,  after  vainly  labouring  for  about  a 
quarter  of  an  hour  to  move  the  fly,  started  off" 
again  to  the  nest.  Meeting  one  of  her  friends  on 
the  way  she  conversed  with  her  a  little,  then  con- 
tinued towards  the  nest,  but,  after  going  about  a 
foot,  changed  her  mind,  and  returned  with  her 
friend  to  the  fly.  After  some  minutes,  during 
which  two  or  three  other  ants  came  up,  one  cf 
them  detached  a  leg,  which  she  carried  off  to  the 
nest,  coming  out  again  almost  immediately  with 
six  friends,  one  of  whom,  curiously  enough,  seemed 
to  lead  the  way,  tracing  it,  I  presume,  by  scent.  I 
then  removed  the  pin,  and  they  carried  off  the  fly 
in  triumph. 

7.  These  experiments  certainly  seem  to  indicate 
the  possession  by  ants  of  something  approaching  to 
language.  It  is  impossible  to  doubt  that  the  friends 
were  brought  out  by  the  first  ant ;  and  as  she  re- 
turned empty-handed  to  the  nest,  the  others  cannot 
have  been  induced  to  follow  her  merely  by  observing 
her  proceedings. 

Ants,  like  many  other  insects,  possess  two  kinds 
of  eyes  :  a  large  compound  eye  on  each  side  of  the 
head,  and  three  small  ones,  which  are  called  "ocelli," 


54 


Ajits. 


arranged  in  a  triangle  on  the  forehead.  Wc  do  not 
yet  know  how  these  eyes  see,  or  whether  the  eyes 
and  ocelli  act  in  the  same  way. 

But  it  seems  clear  that  the  image  produced  by 
the  ocelli  must  be  altogether  different  from  the 
picture  given  by  the  compound  eyes  ;  and  we  may 
therefore  reasonably  conclude  that  the  two  organs 
have  distinct  functions. 

8.  The  ocelli,  or  simple  eyes,  probably  see  in  the 
same  manner  as  ours  do.  That  is  to  say,  the  lens 
throws  an  image  on  the  back  of  the  eye,  which  we 
call  the  retina.  In  that  case  they  would  see  every- 
thing reversed,  as  we  ourselves  really  do;  though 
long  practice  has  given  us  the  right  impression. 
The  simple  eye  of  insects  thus  resembles  ours  in 
this  respect. 

As  regards  the  mode  of  vision  of  the  compound 
eyes,  there  are  two  distinct  theories.  According  to 
one,  each  facet  takes  in  only  a  small  portion  of  the 
field  ;  while,  according  to  the  other,  each  facet  acts 
as  a  separate  eye. 

9.  This  latter  view  has  been  maintained  by  many 
high  authorities,  but  it  is  difficult  to  understand 
how  so  many  images  could  be  combined  into  one 
picture.  Some  insects  have  more  than  20,000  facets 
on  each  side  of  their  head.  No  ants,  indeed,  have 
so  many,  but  in  some  there  are  not  less  than  1,000. 

In  fact,  these,  so  far  fortunate,  insects  realise  the 
epigram  of  Plato — 


Ants. 


55 


Thou  lookest  on  the  stars,  my  love, 

Ah,  would  that  I  could  be 
Yon  starry  skies,  with  thousand  eyes 

That  I  might  look  on  thee  ! 

But  if  an  ant  sees  1,000  queens  at  once,  when 
only  one  is  really  present,  this  would  seem  to  be  a 
bewildering  privilege,  and  the  prevailing  opinion 
among  entomologists  is,  as  already  mentioned,  that 
each  facet  only  takes  in  a  portion  of  the  object. 

10.  But  while  it  is  difficult  to  understand  how 
ants  see,  it  is  clear  that  they  do  see. 

There  could  of  course  be  little,  if  any,  doubt,  that 
bees  are  capable  of  distinguishing  colours;  and  I 
have  proved  experimentally  that  this  is  the  case. 

Many  eminent  observers  have  regarded  the  an- 
tennae of  insects  as  auditory  organs,  and  have 
brought  forward  strong  evidence  in  favour  of  their 
view. 

I  have  myself  made  experiments  on  grass- 
hoppers, which  convinced  me  that  their  antennae 
serve  as  organs  of  hearing. 

11.  So  far,  however,  as  ants,  bees,  and  wasps  are 
concerned,  the  evidence  is  very  conflicting. 

I  have  never  succeeded  in  satisfying  myself  that 
my  ants,  bees,  or  wasps  heard  any  of  the  sounds 
with  which  I  tried  them.  I  have  over  and  over 
again  tested  them  with  the  loudest  and  shrillest 
noises  I  could  make,  using  a  penny  pipe,  a  dog- 
whistle,  a  violin,  as  well  as  the  most  piercing  and 
startling  sounds  I  could  produce  with  my  own  voice, 
but  all  without  effect.    At  the  same  time,  I  care- 


56 


An  is. 


fully  avoided  inferring  from  this  that  they  are  really 
deaf,  though  it  certainly  seems  that  their  ran-e  of 
heanng  is  very  different  from  ours. 

12.  In  order,  if  possible,  to  throw  some  light  upon 
this  interesting  question,  I  made  a  variety  of  loud 
noises,  including  those  produced  by  a  complete  set 
of  tuning-forks,  as  near  as  possible  to  the  ants 
while  they  were  bringing  food  into  the  nest  In 
these  cases  the  ants  were  moving  steadily  and 
in  a  most  business-like  manner,  and  any  start 
or  alteration  of  pace  would  have  been  at  once 
apparent.    I  was  never  able,  however,  to  perceive 
that  they  took  the  slightest  notice  of  any  of  these 
sounds.    Thinking,  however,  that  they  might,  per- 
haps, be  too  much  absorbed  by  the  idea  of  the 
larvffi  to  take  any  notice  of  my  interruptions,  I  took 
one  or  two  ants  at  random  and  put  them  on  a  strip 
of  paper,  the  two  ends  of  which  were  supported  by 
pins  with  their  bases  in  water.   The  ants  imprisoned 
under  these  circumstances  wandered  slowly  back- 
wards and  forwards  along  the  paper.  As  they  did 
so,  I  tested  them  in  the  same  manner  as  before,  but 
was  unable  to  perceive  that  they  took  the  slightest 
notice  of  any  sound  which  I  was  able  to  produce. 
I  then  took  an  ant  belonging  to  one  of  the  largest 
European  species,  and  tethered  her  on  a  board  to 
a  pin  by  a  delicate  silk  thread  about  6  inches  in 
length.    After  wandering  about  for  a  while,  she 
stood  still,  and  I  then  tried  her  in  the  same  way; 
but,  like  the  other  ant.s,  she  took  no  notice  whatever 
of  the  sounds. 


Ants. 


57 


It  is  of  course  possible,  if  not  probable,  that  ants, 
even  if  deaf  to  sounds  which  we  hear,  may  hear 
others  to  which  we  are  deaf 

13.  Having  failed,  therefore,  in  hearing  them  or 
making  them  hear  me,  I  endeavoured  to  ascertain 
whether  they  could  hear  one  another,  but  I  was 
not  able  to  do  so. 

It  is,  however,  far  from  improbable  that  ants 
may  produce  sounds  entirely  beyond  our  range  of 
hearing.    Indeed,  it  is  not  impossible  that  insects 
may  possess  senses,  or  sensations,  of  which  we  can 
no  more  form  an  idea  than  we  should  have  been 
able  to  conceive  red  or  green  if  the  human  race 
had  been  blind.     The  human  ear  is  sensitive  to 
vibration,  reaching  at  the  outside  to  38,000  in  a 
second.     The  sensation  of  red  is  produced  when 
470  millions  of  millions  of  vibrations  enter  the  eye 
in  a  similar  time  ;  but  between  these  two  numbers 
vibrations  produce  on  us  only  the  sensation  of  heat 
—we  have  no  special  organs  of  sense  adapted  to 
them.    There  is,  however,  no  reason  in  the  nature 
of  things  why  this  should  be  the  case  with  other 
animals;  and  the  problematical  organs  possessed 
by  many  of  the  lower  forms  may  have  relation  to 
sensations  which  we  do  not  perceive.    If  any  appa- 
ratus could  be  devised  by  which  the  number  of 
vibrations  produced  by  any  given  cause  could  be 
lowered  so  as  to  be  brought  within  the  range  of 
our  ears,  it  is  probable  that  the  result  would  be 
most  interesting. 


58 


Ants. 


VIII. 

I.  I  have  made  a  number  of  experiments  on  the 
power  of  smell  possessed  by  ants.  I  dipped 
camel's-hair  brushes  into  peppermint-water,  essence 
of  cloves,  lavender-water,  and  other  strong  scents, 
and  suspended  them  about  a  quarter  of  an  inch 
above  the  strips  of  paper  along  which  the  ants  were 
passing  in  the  experiments  above  recorded.  Under 
these  circumstances,  while  some  of  the  ants  passed 
on  without  taking  any  notice,  others  stopped  when 
they  came  close  to  the  pencil,  and,  evidently  per- 
ceiving the  smell,  turned  back.  Soon,  however, 
they  returned  and  passed  the  scented  pencil.  After 
doing  this  two  or  three  times  they  generally  took 
no  further  notice  of  the  scent.  This  experiment 
left  no  doubt  on  my  mind ;  still,  to  make  the  matter 
even  more  clear,  I  experimented  with  ants  placed 
on  an  isolated  strip  of  paper.  Over  the  paper,  and 
at  such  a  distance  as  almost,  but  not  quite,  to  touch 
any  ant  which  passed  under  it,  I  again  suspended 
a  camel's-hair  brush,  dipped  in  assafoetida,  lavender- 
water,  peppermint-water,  essence  of  cloves,  and 
other  scents.  In  these  experiments  the  results  were 
very  marked ;  and  no  one  who  watched  the 
behaviour  of  the  ants  under  these  circumstances 


Ants. 


59 


could  have  the  sHghtest  doubt  as  to  their  power  of 
smell. 

2.  I  then  took  a  large  queen  ant  and  tethered  her 
on  a  board  by  a  thread.  When  she  was  quite  quiet 
I  tried  her  with  the  tuning-forks,  but  they  did  not 
disturb  her  in  the  least.  I  then  approached  the 
feather  of  a  pen  very  quietly,  so  as  almost  to  touch 
first  one  and  then  the  other  of  the  antennae,  which, 
however,  did  not  move.  I  then  dipped  the  pen  in 
essence  of  musk,  and  did  the  same :  the  antenna 
was  slowly  retracted  and  drawn  quite  back.  I  then 
repeated  the  same  with  the  other  antenna.  If  I 
touched  the  antenna,  the  ant  started  away  appa- 
rently smarting.  I  repeated  the  same  with  essence 
of  lavender,  and  with  a  second  ant.  The  result  was 
the  same. 

Many  of  my  other  experiments  point  to  the  same 
conclusion  ;  and,  in  fact,  there  can  be  no  doubt 
whatever  that  in  ants  the  sense  of  smell  is  highly 
developed. 

3.  In  order  to  test  the  intelligence  of  ants,  it  has 
always  seemed  to  me  that  there  was  no  better  way 
than  to  ascertain  some  object  which  they  would 
clearly  desire,  and  then  to  interpose  some  obstacle 
which  a  little  ingenuity  would  enable  them  to  over- 
come. I  therefore  placed  some  larvee  in  a  cup 
which  I  put  on  a  slip  of  glass  surrounded  by  water, 
but  accessible  to  the  ants  by  one  pathway,  in  which 
was  a  bridge  consisting  of  a  strip  of  paper  two- 
thirds  of  an  inch  long  and  one-third  of  an  inch 


6o 


A7tis. 


wide.  Having  then  put  a  Black  Ant  from  one  of 
my  nests  to  these  larvae,  she  began  carrying  them 
off,  and  by  degrees  a  number  of  friends  came  to 
help  her.  I  then,  when  about  25  ants  were  so 
engaged,  moved  the  little  paper  bridge  slightly,  so 
as  to  leave  a  chasm  just  so  wide  that  the  ants  could 
not  reach  across.  They  came  and  tried  hard  to 
do  so  ;  but  it  did  not  occur  to  them  to  push  the 
paper  bridge,  though  the  distance  was  only  about 
one-third  of  an  inch,  and  they  might  easily  have 
done  so.  After  trying  for  about  a  quarter  of  an 
hour  they  gave  up  the  attempt,  and  returned  home. 
This  I  repeated  several  times. 

4.  Then,  thinking  that  paper  was  a  substance  to 
which  they  were  not  accustomed,  I  tried  the  same 
with  a  bit  of  straw  one  inch  long  and  one-eighth  of 
an  inch  wide.  The  result  was  the  same.  I  repeated 
this  more  than  once. 

Again,  I  suspended  some  honey  over  a  nest  of 
Yellow  Ants  at  a  height  of  about  half  an  inch,  and 
accessible  only  by  a  paper  bridge  more  than  10  feet 
long.  Under  the  glass  I  then  placed  a  small  heap 
of  earth.  The  ants  soon  swarmed  over  the  earth 
on  to  the  glass,  and  began  feeding  on  the  honey.  I 
then  removed  a  little  of  the  earth,  so  that  there  was 
an  intei-val  of  about  one-third  of  an  inch  between 
the  glass  and  the  earth  ;  but,  though  the  distance 
was  so  small,  they  would  not  jump  down,  but  pre- 
ferred to  go  round  by  the  long  bridge.  They  tried 
in  vain  to  stretch  up  from  the  earth  to  the  glas.s. 


A?ils. 


6i 


which,  however,  was  just  out  of  their  reach,  though 
they  could  touch  it  with  their  antennae  ;  but  it  did 
not  occur  to  them  to  heap  the  earth  up  a  little, 
though  if  they  had  moved  only  half  a  dozen  par- 
ticles of  earth  they  would  have  secured  for  them- 
selves direct  access  to  the  food.  At  length  they 
gave  up  all  attempts  to  reach  up  to  the  glass,  and 
went  round  by  the  paper  bridge.  I  left  the  arrange- 
ment for  several  weeks,  but  they  continued  to  go 
round  by  the  long  paper  bridge. 

5.  Again  I  varied  the  experiment  as  follows: — 
Having  left  a  nest  without  food  for  a  short  time,  I 
placed  some  honey  on  a  small  wooden  brick  sur- 
rounded b}'  a  little  moat  of  glycerine  half  an  inch 
wide  and  about  one-tenth  of  an  inch  in  depth. 
Over  this  moat  I  then  placed  a  paper  bridge,  one 
end  of  which  rested  on  some  fine  mould.  I  then 
put  an  ant  to  the  honey,  and  soon  a  little  crowd 
was  collected  round  it.  I  then  removed  the  paper 
bridge :  the  ants  could  not  cross  the  glycerine  ; 
they  came  to  the  edge  and  walked  round  and 
round,  but  were  unable  to  get  across,  nor  did  it 
occur  to  them  to  make  a  bridge  or  bank  across  the 
glycerine  with  the  mould  which  I  had  placed  so 
conveniently  for  them.  I  was  the  more  surprised 
at  this  on  account  of  the  ingenuity  with  which  they 
avail  themselves  of  earth  for  constructing  their 
nests.  For  instance,  wishing,  if  possible,  to  avoid 
the  trouble  of  frequently  moistening  the  earth  in 
my  nests,  I  supplied  one  of  my  communities  with  a 


62 


Ants. 


frame  containing,  instead  of  earth,  a  piece  of  linen, 
one  portion  of  which  projected  beyond  the  frame 
and  was  immersed  in  water.  The  Hnen  then 
sucked  up  the  water  by  capillary  attraction,  and 
thus  the  air  in  the  frame  was  kept  moist.  The  ants 
approved  of  this  arrangement,  and  took  up  their 
quarters  in  the  frame.  To  minimize  evaporation  I 
usually  closed  the  frames  all  round,  leaving  only 
one  or  two  small  openings  for  the  ants,  but  in  this 
case  I  left  the  outer  side  of  the  frame  open.  The 
ants,  however,  did  not  like  being  thus  exposed  ; 
they,  therefore,  brought  earth  from  some  little 
distance,  and  built  up  a  regular  wall  along  the  open 
side,  blocking  up  the  space  between  the  upper  and 
lower  plates  of  glass,  and  leaving  only  one  or  two 
small  openings  for  themselves.  This  struck  me  as 
very  ingenious.  The  same  expedient  was,  more- 
over, repeated  under  similar  circumstances  by  the 
slaves  belonging  to  my  nest  of  Amazon  Ants. 


63 


SECTION  II.— BEES  AND  WASPS. 
I. 

I.  Originally  I  had  intended  to  make  my 
experiments  principally  with  bees,  but  soon  found 
that  ants  were  on  the  whole  more  suitable  for  my 
purpose. 

In  the  first  place,  ants  are  much  less  excitable, 
they  are  less  liable  to  accidents,  and  from  the  ab- 
sence of  wings  are  more  easy  to  keep  under  con- 
tinuous observation. 

Still,  I  have  made  a  certain  number  of  obser- 
vations with  bees,  some  of  which  may  be  worth 
recording  here. 

As  already  mentioned,  the  current  statements 
with  reference  to  the  language  of  social  insects 
depend  much  on  the  fact  that  when  one  of  them, 
either  by  accident  or  in  the  course  of  its  rambles, 
has  discovered  a  stock  of  food,  in  a  very  short  time 
many  others  arrive  to  profit  by  the  discovery.  This, 
however,  does  not  necessarily  imply  any  power  of 
describing  localities.  If  the  bees  or  ants  merely 
follow  their  more  fortunate  comrade,  the  matter  is 
comparatively  simple ;  if,  on  the  contrary,  others 
are  sent,  the  case  becomes  very  different. 


64 


Bees  and  Wasps. 


2.  In  order  to  test  this  I  proposed  to  keep  honey 
in  a  given  place  for  some  time,  so  as  to  satisfy  my- 
self that  it  would  not  readily  be  found  by  the  bees ; 
and  then,  after  bringing  a  bee  to  the  honey,  to 
watch  whether  it  brought  others,  or  sent  them— the 
latter,  of  course,  implying  a  much  higher  order  of 
intelligence  and  power  of  communication. 

I  never,  however,  could  satisfy  myself  that  bees 
which  had  found  a  store  of  honey  sent  others  to  it : 
the  rest,  if  they  came  at  all,  were,  as  far  as  I  could 
ascertain,  always  brought. 

3.  The  result  of  my  experiments  on  the  hearing-  of 
bees  has  surprised  me  very  much.  It  is  generally 
considered  that  to  a  certain  extent  the  emotions  of 
bees  are  expressed  by  the  sounds  they  make,  which 
seems  to  imply  that  they  possess  the  power  of 
hearing.  I  do  not  by  any  means  intend  to  deny 
that  this  is  the  case.  Nevertheless,  I  never  found 
them  take  any  notice  of  any  noise  which  I  made, 
even  when  it  was  close  to  them.  I  tried  one  of  my 
bees  with  a  violin.  I  made  all  the  noise  I  could, 
but  to  my  surprise  she  took  no  notice.  I  could 
not  even  see  a  twitch  of  the  antennae.  The  next 
day  I  tried  the  same  with  another  bee,  but  could 
not  see  the  slightest  sign  that  she  was  conscious 
of  the  noise.  I  have  tried  several  bees  with  a  dog- 
whistle  and  a  shrill  pipe ;  but  they  took  no  notice 
whatever,  nor  did  a  set  of  tuning-forks,  which  I 
tried  on  a  subsequent  day,  have  any  more  effect. 
These  tuning-forks  extended  over  three  octaves, 


Bees  and  Wasps. 


65 


beginning  with  a  below  the  ledger  line.  I  also 
tried  with  my  voice,  shouting,  &c.,  close  to  the  head 
of  a  bee ;  but,  in  spite  of  my  utmost  efforts,  the 
bees  took  no  notice.  I  repeated  these  experiments 
at  night,  when  the  bees  were  quiet ;  but  no  noise 
that  I  could  make  seemed  to  disturb  them  in  the 
least. 

4.  The  consideration  of  the  causes  which  have  led 
to  the  structure  and  colouring  of  flowers  is  one  of 
the  most  fascinating  parts  of  natural  history.  Most 
botanists  are  now  agreed  that  insects,  and  especially 
bees,  have  played  a  veiy  important  part  in  the 
development  of  flowers.  While  in  many  plants, 
almost  invariably  with  inconspicuous  blossoms,  the 
pollen  is  carried  from  flower  to  flower  by  the  wind, 
in  the  case  of  almost  all  large  and  brightly  coloured 
flowers  this  is  effected  by  the  agency  of  insects.  In 
such  flowers  the  colours,  scent,  and  honey  serve  to 
attract  insects,  while  the  size  and  form  are  arranged 
in  such  a  manner  that  the  insects  fertilise  them  with 
pollen  brought  from  another  plant. 

5.  There  could,  therefore,  be  little  doubt  that  bees 
possess  a  sense  of  colour.  Nevertheless,  I  thought 
it  would  be  desirable  to  prove  this,  if  possible,  by 
actual  experiment,  which  had  not  yet  been  done. 
Accordingly,  on  July  12,  I  brought  a  bee  to  some 
honey  which  I  had  placed  on  blue  paper,  and  about 
3  feet  off  I  placed  a  similar  quantity  of  honey  on 
orange  paper.  After  she  had  returned  twice  I  trans- 
posed the  papers  ;  but  she  returned  to  the  honey  on 

F 


66 


Bees  and  Wasps. 


the  blue  paper.  After  she  had  made  three  more 
visits,  always  to  the  blue  paper,  I  transposed  them 
again,  and  she  again  followed  the  colour,  though 
the  honey  was  left  in  the  same  place.  The  follow- 
ing day  I  was  not  able  to  watch  her ;  but  on  the 
14th  at — 

7.29  A.M.  she  returned  to  the  honey") 

on  the  blue  paper    .    .    J  At  7.31  she  left. 
7-34  „  „  „  7.41 

I  then  again  transposed  the  papers.  At  8.5  she 
returned  to  the  old  place,  and  was  just  going  to 
alight ;  but  observing  the  change  of  colours,  without 
a  moment's  hesitation  darted  off  to  the  blue.  No 
one  who  saw  her  at  that  moment  could  have  enter- 
tained the  slighest  doubt  that  she  perceived  the 
difference  between  the  two  colours. 

6.  On  October  2  I  placed  some  honey  on  slips  of 
glass  resting  on  black,  white,  yellow,  orange,  green, 
blue,  and  red  paper.  A  bee  which  was  placed  on 
the  orange  returned  twenty  times  to  that  slip  of 
glass,  only  once  or  twice  visiting  the  others,  though 
I  moved  the  position  and  also  the  honey.  The  next 
morning  again  two  or  three  bees  paid  twenty-one 
visits  to  the  orange  and  yellow,  and  only  four  to  all 
the  other  slips  of  glass.  I  then  moved  the  glass, 
after  which,  out  of  thirty-two  visits,  twenty-two 
were  to  the  orange  and  yellow.  This  was  due,  I 
believe,  to  the  bee  having  been  placed  on  the 


Bees  and  Wasps. 


67 


orange  at  the  beginning  of  the  experiment.  I  do 
not  attribute  it  to  any  preference  for  the  orange  or 
yellow;  indeed,  I  shall  presently  give  reasons  for 
considering  that  blue  is  the  favourite  colour  of  bees. 

7.  I  had  ranged  my  colours  in  a  line,  with  the  blue 
at  one  end.  It  was  a  cold  morning,  and  only  one 
bee  came.  She  had  been  several  times  the  pre- 
ceding day,  generally  to  the  honey  which  was  on 
the  blue  paper.  This  day  also  she  came  to  the 
blue ;  I  moved  the  blue  gradually  along  the  line 
one  stage  every  half-hour,  during  which  time  she 
paid  fifteen  visits  to  the  honey,  in  every  case  going 
to  that  which  was  on  the  blue  paper. 

These  experiments  only  prove  that  bees  have 
the  power  of  distinguishing  one  colour  from 
another.  I  afterwards,  however,  made  a  second 
series  of  experiments  which  indicated  that  they 
prefer  blue  to  either  red,  white,  yellow,  or  green. 


68 


Bees  and  Wasps. 


n. 

1.  I  have  been  much  struck  by  the  industry  of 
wasps.  They  commence  work  early  in  the  morn- 
ing, and  do  not  leave  off  till  dusk.  I  have  several 
times  watched  a  wasp  the  whole  day,  and  from 
morning  to  evening,  if  not  disturbed,  she  worked 
without  any  interval  for  rest  or  refreshment. 

Being  anxious  to  compare  bees  and  wasps  in  this 
respect,  on  August  6,  1882,  I  accustomed  a  wasp 
and  three  bees  to  come  to  some  honey  put  out  for 
them  on  two  tables,  one  allotted  to  the  wasp,  the 
other  to  the  bees.  The  last  bee  came  at  7.15  P.M. 
The  wasp  continued  working  regularly  till  7.47, 
coming  at  intervals  of  between  six  and  seven 
minutes.  Next  morning,  when  I  went  into  my 
study  a  few  minutes  after  4  A.M.,  I  found  the  wasp 
already  at  the  honey.  The  first  bee  came  at  5.45, 
the  second  at  6. 

It  would,  however,  perhaps  be  unfair  to  the  bees 
to  regard  this  as  indicating  that  they  are  less  in- 
dustrious than  wasps.  The  deficiency  may  be  due 
to  their  being  more  susceptible  to  cold. 

2.  The  wasp  occupied  about  a  minute,  or  even 
less,  in  supplying  herself  with  honey,  and  made 
during  the  day  no  less  than  116  visits  to  the  store, 
or  232  journeys  between  my  room  and  her  nest, 


Bees  and  Wasps. 


69 


durine  which  she  carried  off  rather  more  than  64 
grains  of  honey. 

I  may  add  that  I  then  left  home  for  a  few  days. 
I  covered  over  the  honey,  leaving  only  a  small 
entrance  for  the  wasp.  When  I  returned  on  the 
1 2th,  I  found  her  still  at  work,  and  by  herself  It 
was  evident  that  she  had  continued  her  labours, 
but  without  bringing  any  friends  to  assist  her. 

My  wasps,  though  courageous,  were  always  on  the 
alert,  and  easily  startled.  It  was,  for  instance, 
more  difficult  to  paint  them  than  the  bees  ;  never- 
theless, though  I  tried  them  with  a  set  of  tuning- 
forks  covering  three  octaves,  with  a  shrill  whistle,  a 
pipe,  a  violin,  and  my  own  voice,  making  in  each 
case  the  loudest  and  shrillest  sounds  in  my  power, 
I  could  see  no  symptoms  in  any  case  that  they 
were  conscious  of  the  noise. 

3.  The  following  fact  struck  me  as  rather  remark- 
able. One  of  my  wasps  smeared  her  wings  with 
syrup,  so  that  she  could  not  fly.  When  this  hap- 
pened to  a  bee,  it  was  only  necessary  to  carry  her  to 
the  alighting-board  of  the  hive,  when  she  was  soon 
cleaned  by  her  comrades.  But  I  did  not  know 
where  this  wasp's  nest  was,  and  therefore  could  not 
pursue  a  similar  course  with  her.  At  first,  then,  I 
was  afraid  that  she  was  doomed.  I  thought,  how- 
ever, that  I  would  wash  her,  fully  expecting,  indeed, 
to  terrify  her  so  much  that  she  would  not  return 
again.  I  caught  her,  put  her  in  a  bottle  half  full  of 
water,  and  shook  her  up  well  till  the  honey  was 


70 


Bees  and  Wasps. 


washed  off.  I  then  transferred  her  to  another 
bottle,  and  put  her  in  the  sun  to  dry.  When  she 
appeared  to  have  recovered  I  let  her  out :  she  at 
once  flew  to  her  nest,  and  I  never  expected  to  see 
her  again.  To  my  surprise,  in  13  minutes  she  re- 
turned as  if  nothing  had  happened,  and  continued 
her  visits  to  the  honey  all  the  afternoon. 

4.  This  experiment  interested  me  so  much  that 
I  repeated  it  with  another  marked  wasp,  this  time, 
however,  keeping  the  wasp  in  the  water  till  she  was 
quite  motionless  and  insensible.  When  taken  out 
of  the  water  she  soon  recovered  ;  I  fed  her ;  she 
went  quietly  away  to  her  nest  as  usual,  and  re- 
turned after  the  usual  absence.  The  next  morning 
this  wasp  was  the  first  to  visit  the  honey. 

I  once  kept  a  tame  wasp  for  no  less  than  nine 
months. 

I  took  her,  with  her  nest,  in  the  Pyrenees,  early 
in  May.  The  nest  consisted  of  about  20  cells,  the 
majority  of  which  each  contained  an  egg;  but  as 
yet  no  grubs  had  been  hatched  out,  and,  of  course, 
my  wasp  was  still  alone  in  the  world. 

5.  I  had  no  difficulty  in  inducing  her  to  feed  on 
my  hand ;  but  at  first  she  was  shy  and  nervous.  She 
kept  her  sting  in  constant  readiness ;  and  once  or 
twice  in  the  train,  when  the  railway  officials  came 
for  tickets,  and  I  was  compelled  to  hurry  her  back 
into  her  bottle,  she  stung  me  slightly — I  think, 
however,  entirely  from  fright. 

Gradually  she  became  quite  used  to  me,  and 


Bees  and  Wasps. 


71 


when  I  took  her  on  my  hand  apparently  expected 
to  be  fed.  She  even  allowed  me  to  stroke  her 
without  any  appearance  of  fear,  and  for  some 
months  I  never  saw  her  sting. 

When  the  cold  weather  came  on  she  fell  into  a 
drowsy  state,  and  I  began  to  hope  she  would 
hibernate  and  survive  the  winter.  I  kept  her  in  a 
dark  place,  but  watched  her  carefully,  and  fed  her 
if  ever  she  seemed  at  all  restless. 

6.  She  came  out  occasionally,  and  seemed  as  well 
as  usual  till  near  the  end  of  February,  when  one 
day  I  observed  she  had  nearly  lost  the  use  of  her 
antennae,  though  the  rest  of  the  body  was  as  usual. 
She  would  take  no  food.  Next  day  I  tried  again 
to  feed  her ;  but  the  head  seemed  dead,  though  she 
could  still  move  her  legs,  wings,  and  abdomen. 
The  following  day  I  offered  her  food  for  the  last 
time ;  but  both  head  and  thorax  were  dead  or 
paralysed ;  she  could  but  move  her  tail,  a  last 
token,  as  I  could  almost  fancy,  of  gratitude  and 
affection.  As  far  as  I  could  judge,  her  death  was 
quite  painless ;  and  she  now  occupies  a  place  in 
the  British  Museum. 

As  regards  colours,  I  satisfied  myself  that  wasps 
are  capable  of  distinguishing  colour,  though  they 
do  not  seem  so  much  guided  by  it  as  bees  are. 

7.  One  day,  at  7  A.M.,  I  marked  a  common 
worker  wasp  ( Vespa  vulgaris^,  and  placed  her  to 
some  honey  on  a  piece  of  green  paper  7  inches  by 
4|.    She  worked  with  great  industry.    After  she 


72 


Btrs  and  Wasps. 


had  got  well  used  to  the  green  paper  I  moved  it 
1 8  inches  off,  putting  some  other  honey  on  blue 
paper  where  the  green  had  previously  been.  She 
returned  to  the  blue.  I  then  replaced  the  green 
paper  for  an  hour,  during  which  she  visited  it 
several  times,  after  which  I  moved  it  i8  inches,  as 
before,  and  put  brick -red  paper  in  its  place.  She 
returned  to  the  brick-red  paper.  But  although 
this  experiment  indicates  that  this  wasp  was  less 
strongly  affected  by  colours  than  the  bees  which  I 
had  previously  observed,  still  I  satisfied  myself  that 
she  was  not  colour-blind. 

8.  I  moved  the  green  paper  slightly  and  put  the 
honey,  which,  as  before,  was  on  a  slip  of  plain  glass, 
about  4  feet  off.  She  came  back  and  lit  on  the 
green  paper,  but  finding  no  honey,  rose  again,  and 
hawked  about  in  search  of  it.  After  90  seconds  I 
put  the  green  paper  under  the  honey,  and  in  15 
seconds  she  found  it.  Then,  while  she  was  absent 
at  the  nest,  I  moved  both  the  honey  and  the  paper 
about  a  foot  from  their  previous  positions,  and 
placed  them  about  a  foot  apart.  She  returned  as 
usual,  hovered  over  the  paper,  lit  on  it,  rose  again, 
flew  about  for  a  few  seconds,  lit  again  on  the  paper, 
and  again  rose.  After  two  minutes  had  elapsed  I 
slipped  the  paper  under  the  honey,  when  she  almost 
immediately  (within  five  seconds)  lit  on  it.  It 
seems  obvious,  therefore,  that  she  could  see  green. 

9.  I  then  tried  her  with  red.  I  placed  the  honey 
on  brick-red  paper,  and  left  her  for  an  hour,  from 


Bees  and  Wasps. 


73 


5  P.M.  to  6  P.M.,  to  get  accustomed  to  it.  During 
this  time  she  continued  her  usual  visits.  I  then 
put  the  honey  and  the  coloured  paper  about  a  foot 
apart ;  she  returned  first  to  the  paper  and  then  to 
the  honey.  I  then  transposed  the  honey  and  the 
paper.  This  seemed  to  puzzle  her.  She  returned 
to  the  paper,  but  did  not  settle.  After  she  had 
hawked  about  for  lOO  seconds  I  put  the  honey  on 
the  red  paper,  when  she  settled  on  it  at  once.  I 
then  put  the  paper  and  the  honey  again  i8  inches 
apart.  As  before,  she  returned  first  to  the  paper, 
but  almost  immediately  went  to  the  honey.  In  a 
similar  manner  I  satisfied  myself  that  she  could  see 
yellow. 

lo.  Again,  on  August  1 8  I  experimented  on  two 
wasps,  one  of  which  had  been  coming  more  or  less 
regularly  to  some  honey  on  yellow  paper  for  four 
days,  the  other  for  twelve — coming,  that  is  to  say, 
for  several  days  the  whole  day  long,  and  on  all  the 
others,  with  two  or  three  exceptions,  for  at  least 
three  hours  in  the  day.  Both,  therefore,  had  got 
well  used  to  the  yellow  paper.  I  then  put  blue 
paper  where  the  yellow  had  been,  and  put  the 
yellow  paper  with  some  honey  on  it  about  a  foot 
off.  Both  the  wasps  returned  to  the  honey  on  the 
blue  paper.  I  then  moved  both  the  papers  about 
a  foot,  but  so  that  the  blue  was  somewhat  nearer 
the  original  position.  Both  again  returned  to  the 
blue.  I  then  transposed  the  colours,  and  they  both 
returned  to  the  yellow. 


74 


SECTION  III.— THE  COLOURS  OF 
ANIMALS. 

I. 

I.  There  are  few  more  interesting  parts  of  natural 
history  than  the  study  of  the  causes  which  have  led 
to  the  present  colours  of  animals  and  plants.  As 
regards  plants,  and  especially  flowers,  I  shall  have 
something  to  say  in  a  future  chapter,  and  I  will 
now  therefore  confine  myself  to  animals. 

The  colour  of  animals  is  by  no  means  a  matter 
of  chance  ;  it  depends  on  many  considerations,  but 
in  the  majority  of  cases  tends  to  protect  the  animal 
from  danger  by  rendering  it  less  conspicuous. 

Perhaps  it  may  be  said  that  if  colouring  is  mainly 
protective,  there  ought  to  be  but  few  brightly- 
coloured  animals.  There  are,  however,  not  a  few 
cases  in  which  vivid  colours  are  themselves  protec- 
tive. The  kingfisher  itself,  though  so  brightly 
coloured,  is  by  no  means  easy  to  see.  The  blue 
harmonises  with  the  water,  and  as  it  darts  along 
the  stream  it  looks  almost  like  a  flash  of  sunlight ; 
besides  which,  protection  is  not  the  only  considera- 


The  Colours  of  Anivials. 


75 


tion.  Let  us  now  consider  the  prevalent  colours  of 
animals  and  see  how  far  they  support  the  rule. 

2.  Desert  animals,  for  instance,  are  generally  the 
colour  of  the  desert.  Thus,  for  instance,  the  lion, 
the  antelope,  and  the  wild  ass  are  all  sand-coloured. 
"Indeed,"  says  Canon  Tristram,  "in  the  desert, 
where  neither  trees,  brushwood,  nor  even  undula- 
tion of  the  surface  afford  the  slightest  protection  to 
its  foes,  a  modification  of  colour  which  shall  be 
assimilated  to  that  of  the  surrounding  country,  is 
absolutely  necessary.  Hence,  without  exception, 
the  upper  plumage  of  every  bird,  whether  lark, 
chat,  sylvain,  or  sand  grouse,  and  also  the  fur  of  all 
the  smaller  mammals  and  the  skin  of  all  the  snakes 
and  lizards,  is  of  one  uniform  sand  colour." 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that,  while  the  lion  is  sand- 
coloured  like  the  desert,  the  long,  upright  yellow 
stripes  of  the  tiger  make  it  very  difficult  to  see  the 
animal  among  the  long  dry  grasses  of  the  Indian 
jungles  in  which  it  lives.  The  leopard,  again,  and 
other  tree  cats  are  generally  marked  with  spots 
which  resemble  gleams  of  light  glancing  through 
the  leaves. 

3.  The  colours  of  birds  are  in  many  cases  perhaps 
connected  with  the  position  and  mode  of  construc- 
tion of  their  nests.  Thus,  we  know  that  hen  birds 
are  generally  less  brightly  coloured  than  the  cocks, 
and  this  is  partly,  perhaps,  because  bright  colours 
would  be  a  danger  to  the  hens  while  sitting  on  their 
eggs.    When  the  nest  is  placed  underground  or  in 


76 


TJie  Colours  of  A  nivials. 


the  hole  of  a  tree,  &c.,  we  find  it  no  longer  to  be  such 
an  invariable  rule  that  the  hen  bird  is  dull-coloured ; 
but,  on  the  contrary,  she  is  then  often  as  gaily- 
coloured  as  the  male.  Such,  for  instance,  is  the 
case  with  the  hen  kingfisher,  which  is  one  of  the 
brightest  of  British  birds  and  one  of  the  very  few 
which  make  their  nests  underground  ;  the  hen 
woodpecker,  which  is  also  gaily-coloured  and  builds 
in  hollow  trees,  forms  a  second  instance. 

In  the  few  cases  where  the  hens  are  as  con- 
spicuously coloured  as  the  cocks,  and  yet  the  nest 
is  open  to  view,  we  generally  find  that  the  hens 
are  strong,  pugnacious  birds,  and  well  able  to 
defend  themselves.  There  are  even  instances, 
though  these  are  comparatively  rare,  in  which  the 
hens  are  more  brilliantly-coloured  than  the  cocks  ; 
and  it  is  an  interesting  fact  that  it  is  then  the  cocks, 
and  not  the  hens,  which  hatch  the  eggs. 

4.  It  therefore  seems  to  be  a  rule,  with  very  few 
exceptions,  that  when  both  the  cocks  and  hens  are 
of  strikingly  gay  or  conspicuous  colours,  the  nest 
is  such  as  to  conceal  the  sitting  bird  ;  while,  when- 
ever there  is  a  striking  contrast  of  colours,  the  nest 
is  open  and  the  sitting  bird  exposed  to  view. 

Again,  most  fishes  are  dark  above  and  pale 
below.  This  points  to  the  same  fact,  for  when  one 
looks  down  into  the  dark  water,  the  dark  colour  of 
their  backs  renders  them  the  less  easy  to  distin- 
guish ;  while,  to  an  enemy  looking  up  from  below, 
the  pale  belly  would  be  less  conspicuous  against 


The  Colours  of  A  niinals. 


77 


the  light  of  the  sky.  Those  fishes  which  live  deep 
down  in  the  depths  of  the  ocean  present  no  such 
contrast  between  the  upper  and  under  surface. 
Many  of  the  smaller  animals  which  live  in  the  sea 
are  as  transparent  as  glass,  and  are  consequently 
very  difficult  to  distinguish. 

5.  It  is  sometimes  said  that  if  animals  were 
really  coloured  with  reference  to  concealment, 
sheep  would  be  green,  like  grass.  This,  however, 
is  quite  a  mistake.  If  they  were  green  they  would 
really  be  more  easy  to  see.  In  the  grey  of  the  morn- 
ing and  the  evening  twilight,  just  the  time  when  wild 
animals  generally  feed,  grey  and  stone  colours  are 
most  difficult  to  distinguish.  Sheep  were  originally 
mountain  animals,  and  everyone  who  has  ever  been 
on  a  mountain-side  knows  how  difficult  it  is  to 
distinguish  a  sheep,  at  some  distance,  from  a  mass 
of  stone  or  rock. 

6.  It  is,  again,  a  great  advantage  to  the  rabbit 
and  hare  to  be  coloured  like  earth  ;  black  or  white 
rabbits  are  more  easy  to  see,  and  consequently 
more  likely  to  be  killed.  This,  however,  does  not 
apply  to  those  which  are  kept  in  captivity,  and  we 
know  that  tame  rabbits  are  often  black  and  white. 
Again,  in  the  far  north,  where  for  months  together 
the  ground  is  covered  with  snow,  the  white  colour, 
which  would  be  a  danger  here,  becomes  an  advan- 
tage ;  and  many  arctic  animals,  like  the  polar  bear 
and  polar  hare,  are  white,  while  others,  such  as  the 
mountain  hare  and    ptarmigan,   change  their 


78 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


colour,  being  brown  in  summer  and  white  in  winter. 
So  are  the  arctic  fox  and  the  ermine,  to  whom  it 
IS  then  an  advantage  to  be  white,  not  to  avoid 
danger,  but  in  order  that  they  may  be  the  more 
easily  able  to  steal  unperceived  upon  their  prey. 

7.  Many  of  the  cases  in  which  certain  insects 
escape  danger  by  their  similarity  to  plants  are  well 
known;  the  leaf  insect  and  the  walking-stick 
insect*  are  familiar  and  most  remarkable  cases. 
The  larvae  of  insects  afford,  also,  many  interesting 
examples,  and  in  other  respects  teach  us,  indeed, 
many  instructive  lessons.  It  would  be  a  great 
mistake  to  regard  them  as  merely  preparatory 
stages  in  the  development  of  the  perfect  insect. 
They  are  much  more  than  this,  for  external  circum- 
stances act  on  the  larvae,  as  well  as  on  the  perfect 
insect :  both,  therefore,  are  liable  to  adaptation. 
In  fact,  the  modifications  which  insect  larvae  under- 
go may  be  divided  into  two  kinds — developmental, 
or  those  which  tend  to  approximation  to  the  mature 
form ;  and  adaptational  or  adaptive,  those  which 
tend  to  suit  them  to  their  own  mode  of  life. 

8.  It'is  a  remarkable  fact,  that  the  forms  of  larvae 
do  not  depend  on  those  of  the  mature  insect.  In 
many  cases,  for  instance,  very  similar  larvae  produce 
extremely  dissimilar  insects.  In  other  cases,  similar, 
or  comparatively  similar,  perfect  insects  have  very 

*  These  are  insects  which  inhabit  warm  regions,  and  they  are  so 
called  because  they  so  strikingly  resemble  leaves,  and  bits  of  stick, 
respectively. 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


79 


dissimilar  larvae.  Indeed,  a  classification  of  insects 
founded  on  larvae  would  be  quite  different  from 
that  founded  on  the  perfect  insects.  The  group  to 
which  the  bees,  wasps,  and  ants  belong,  for  instance, 
and  which,  so  far  as  the  perfect  insects  are  con- 
cerned, form  a  very  natural  division,  would  be 
divided  into  two  ;  or  rather  one  portion  of  them — 
namely,  the  saw-flies — would  be  united  to  the  but- 
terflies and  moths.  Now,  why  do  the  larvae  of 
saw-flies  differ  from  those  of  their  allies,  and  re- 
semble those  of  butterflies  and  moths .''  It  is 
because  their  habits  differ  from  those  of  ants  and 
bees,  and  they  feed  on  leaves  like  ordinary  cater- 
pillars. 

9.  In  some  cases  the  form  changes  considerably 
during  the  larval,  state.  From  this  point  of  view, 
the  transformations  of  a  small  beetle,  called  Sitaris, 
which  have  been  carefully  observed  by  M.  Fabre, 
are  peculiarly  interesting. 

10.  The  genus  Sitaris,  which  is  allied  to  the 
blister-fly  and  to  the  oil-beetle,  is  parasitic  on  a 
kind  of  solitary  bee  which  excavates  subterranean 
galleries,  each  leading  to  a  cell.  The  eggs  of  the 
beetle,  which  are  deposited  at  the  entrance  of  the 
galleries  made  by  the  bees,  are  hatched  at  the  end 
of  September  or  beginning  of  October,  and  we 
might  not  unnaturally  expect  that  the  young  larvae, 
which  are  active  little  creatures  with  six  serviceable 
legs,  would  at  once  eat  their  way  into  the  cells  of 
the  bee.    No  such  thing  :  till  the  month  of  April 


8o 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


following  they  remain  without  leaving  their  birth- 
place, and  consequently  without  food  ;  nor  do  they 
in  this  long  time  change  either  in  form  or  size. 
M.  Fabre  ascertained  this,  not  only  by  examining 
the  burrow  of  the  bees,  but  also  by  direct  obser- 
vations of  some  young  larvae  kept  in  captivity.  In 
April,  however,  his  captives  at  last  awoke  from 
their  long  lethargy,  and  hurried  anxiously  about 
their  prisons.  Naturally  inferring  that  they  were 
in  search  of  food,  M.  Fabre  supposed  that  this 
would  consist  either  of  the  larvae  or  pupae  of  the 
bee,  or  of  the  honey  with  which  it  stores  its  cell. 
All  three  were  tried  without  success.  The  first 
two  were  neglected ;  and  the  larvae,  when  placed  on 
the  latter,  either  hurried  away  or  perished  in  the 
attempt,  being  evidently  unable  to  deal  with  the 
sticky  substance.  M.  Fabre  was  in  despair.  The 
first  ray  of  light  came  to  him  from  our  countryman 
Newport,  who  ascertained  that  a  small  parasite 
found  on  one  of  the  wild  bees  was,  in  fact,  the 
larva  of  the  oil-beetle.  The  larvae  of  Sitaris  much 
resembled  this  larva.  Acting  on  this  hint,  M.  Fabre 
examined  many  specimens  of  the  bee,  and  found 
on  them  at  last  the  larvae  of  his  Sitaris.  The 
males  of  the  bee  emerge  from  the  pupae  sooner 
than  the  females,  and  M.  Fabre  ascertained  that,  as 
they  come  out  of  their  galleries,  the  little  Sitaris 
larvae  fasten  upon  them..  Not,  however,  for  long : 
instinct  teaches  them  that  they  are  not  yet  in  the 
straight  path  of  development ;  and,  watching  their 


The  Colours  of  A  nivials. 


81 


opportunity,  they  pass  from  the  male  to  the  female 
bee.  Guided  by  these  indications,  M.  Fabre  exa- 
mined several  cells  of  the  bee  ;  in  some,  the  egg  of 
the  bee  floated  by  itself  on  the  surface  of  the  honey  ; 
in  others,  on  the  egg,  as  on  a  raft,  sat  the  still  more 
minute  larva  of  the  Sitaris.  The  mystery  was 
solved.  At  the  moment  when  the  egg  is  laid,  the 
Sitaris  larva  springs  upon  it.  Even  while  the  poor 
mother  is  carefully  fastening  up  her  cell,  her  mortal 
enemy  is  beginning  to  devour  her  offspring  ;  for 
the  egg  of  the  bee  serves  not  only  as  a  raft,  but  as 
a  repast.  The  honey,  which  is  enough  for  either, 
would  be  too  little  for  both  ;  and  the  Sitaris,  there- 
fore, at  its  first  meal,  relieves  itself  from  its  only 
rival.  After  eight  days  the  egg  is  consumed,  and 
on  the  empty  shell  the  Sitaris  undergoes  its  first 
transformation,  and  makes  its  appearance  in  a  very 
different  form. 

II.  The  honey,  which  was  fatal  before,  is  now 
necessary — the  activity,  which  before  was  necessary, 
is  now  useless  ;  consequently,  with  the  change  of 
skin,  the  active,  slim  larva  changes  into  a  white  fleshy 
grub,  so  organised  as  to  float  on  the  surface  of  the 
honey,  with  the  mouth  beneath  and  the  breathing- 
holes  above  the  surface  ;  for  insects  breathe,  not  as 
we  do  through  the  mouth,  but  through  a  row  of 
holes  arranged  along  the  side.  In  this  state  it 
remains  until  the  honey  is  consumed ;  then  the 
animal  contract.s,  and  detaches  itself  from  its  skin, 
within  which  the  further  transformations  take  place. 

G 


82 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


In  the  next  stage  the  larva  has  a  soHd  corneous 
envelope  and  an  oval  shape,  and,  in  its  colour,  con- 
sistency, and  immobility,  resembles  the  chrysalis  of 
a  fly.  The  time  passed  in  this  condition  varies 
much.  When  it  has  elapsed,  the  animal  moults 
again,  again  changes  its  form  ;  after  this,  it  be- 
comes a  pupa,  without  any  remarkable  peculiarities. 
Finally,  after  these  wonderful  changes  and  adven- 
tures, in  the  month  of  August  the  perfect  beetle 
makes  its  appearance. 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


83 


II. 

1.  In  fact,  whenever  in  any  group  we  find  .differ- 
ences in  form  or  colour,  we  shall  always  find  them 
associated  with  differences  in  habit.  Let  us  take  the 
case  of  Caterpillars.  The  prevailing  colour  of  cater- 
pillars is  green,  like  that  of  leaves.  The  value  of 
this  to  the  young  insect,  the  protection  it  affords, 
are  obvious.  We  must  all  have  observed  how  dif- 
ficult it  is  to  distinguish  small  green  caterpillars 
from  the  leaves  on  which  they  feed.  When,  how- 
ever, they  become  somewhat  larger,  their  form 
betrays  them,  and  it  is  important  that  there  should 
be  certain  marks  to  divert  the  eye  from  the  outlines 
of  the  body.  This  is  effected,  and  much  protec- 
tion is  given,  by  longitudinal  lines  (fig.  11),  which 
accordingly  are  found  on  a  great  many  caterpillars. 
These  lines,  both  in  colour  and  thickness,  much 
resemble  some  of  the  lines  on  leaves  (especially 
those,  for  instance,  of  grasses),  and  also  the  streaks 
of  shadow  which  occur  among  foliage.  If,  how- 
ever, this  be  the  explanation  of  them,  then  they 
ought  to  be  wanting,  as  a  general  rule,  in  very 
small  caterpillars,  and  should  prevail  most  among 
those  which  feed  on  or  among  grasses. 

2.  Now,  similar  lines  occur  on  a  great  number  of 
caterpillars  belonging  to  most  different  groups  of 

G  2 


84 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


butterflies  and  moths,  as  you  may  sec  by  turning  over 
the  illustrations  of  any  monograph  of  the  group. 
They  exist  among  the  Hawk-moths — as,  for  in- 
stance, in  the  Humming-bird  Hawk-moth ;  they 


Pig.  II.— The  Caterpillar  of  the  Marbled  White 
Butterfly  {Arge  galathed). 

occur  in  many  butterflies,  especially  in  those  which 
feed  on  grass  ;  and  in  many  moths.  But  you  will 
find  that  the  smallest  caterpillars  rarely  possess 
these  white  streaks.    As  regards  the  second  point, 


The  Colours  of  Animals.  85 


also,  the  streaks  are  generally  wanting  in  caterpillars 
which  feed  on  large-leaved  plants.  The  Satyrido3, 
on  the  contrary,  all  possess  them,  and  all  live  on 
grass.  In  fact  we  may  say,  as  a  general  rule,  that 
these  longitudinal  streaks  only  occur  on  caterpillars 
which  live  on  or  among  narrow-leaved  plants.  As 
the  insect  grows,  these  lines  often  disappear  on 
certain  segments,  and  are  replaced  by  diagonal 
lines.  These  diagonal  lines  (fig.  12)  occur  in  a 
great  many  caterpillars,  belonging  to  the  most  dis- 
tinct families  of  butterflies  and  moths.  They  come 
off  just  at  the  same  angle  as  the  ribs  of  leaves,  and 
resemble  them  very  much  in  general  effect.  They 
occur  also  especially  on  species  which  feed  on 
large-leaved  plants ;  and  I  believe  I  may  say  that 
though  a  great  many  species  of  caterpillars  present 
these  lines,  they  rarely,  if  ever,  occur  in  species 
which  live  on  grass ;  while,  on  the  contrary,  they 
are  very  frequent  in  those  species  which  live  on 
large-leaved  plants. 

3.  It  might  at  first  be  objected  to  this  view  that 
there  are  many  cases,  as  in  the  Elephant  Hawk- 
moth,  in  which  caterpillars  have  both.  A  little 
consideration,  however,  will  explain  this.  In  small 
caterpillars  these  oblique  lines  would  be  useless, 
because  they  must  have  some  relation,  not  only 
in  colour,  but  in  their  distance  apart,  to  the  ribs 
of  the  leaves.  Hence,  while  there  are  a  great 
many  species  which  have  longitudinal  lines  when 
young,  and  diagonal  ongs  when  they  are  older 


86 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


and  larger,  there  is  not,  I  believe,  a  single  one 
which  begins  with  diagonal  lines,  and  then  replaces 
them  with  longitudinal  ones.  The  disappearance 
of  the  longitudinal  lines  on  those  segments  which 


have  diagonal  ones,  is  striking,  where  the  lines 
are  marked.  It  is  an  advantage,  because  white 
lines  crossing  one  another  at  such  an  angle  have 
no  relation  to  anything  which  occurs  in  plants, 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


87 


and  would  make  the  creature  more  conspicuous 
When,  therefore,  the  diagonal  lines  are  developed, 
the  longitudinal  ones  often  disappear.  There  is 
one  other  point  in  connection  with  these  diagonal 
lines  to  which  I  must  call  your  attention. 

4.  In  many  species  they  are  white,  but  in  some 
cases— as,  for  instance,  in  the  beautiful  green  cater- 
pillar of  the  Privet  Hawk-moth — the  white  streak 
is  accompanied  by  a  coloured  one,  in  that  case  lilac. 
At  first  we  might  think  that  this  would  be  a  dis- 
advantage, as  tending  to  make  the  caterpillar  more 
conspicuous  ;  and  in  fact,  if  we  put  one  in  full  view 
— for  instance,  out  on  a  table — and  focus  the  eye 
on  it,  the  coloured  lines  are  very  striking.  But  we 
must  remember  that  the  habit  of  the  insect  is  to  sit 
on  the  lower  side  of  the  leaf,  generally  near  the 
middle  rib,  and  in  the  subdued  light  of  such  a 
situation,  especially  if  the  eye  be  not  looking 
exactly  at  them,  the  coloured  lines  beautifully 
simulate  a  line  of  soft  shadow,  such  as  must  always 
accompany  a  strong  rib ;  and  I  need  not  tell  any 
artist  that  the  shadows  of  yellowish-green  must  be 
purplish.  Moreover,  any  one  who  has  ever  found 
one  of  these  large  caterpillars  will,  I  am  sure,  agree 
with  me  that  it  is  surprising,  when  we  consider 
their  size  and  conspicuous  colouring,  how  difficult 
it  is  to  see  them. 

5.  But  though  the  prevailing  colour  of  caterpillars 
is  green,  there  are  numerous  exceptions.  In  one 
great  family  of  moths  the  prevailing  colour  is  brown. 


88 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


These  caterpillars,  however,  escape  observation  by 
their  great  similarity  to  brown  twigs — a  resem- 
blance which  is  heightened  by  their  peculiar  atti- 
tudes, and  in  many  cases  by  the  existence  of  warts 
or  protuberances,  which  look  like  buds.  Some, 
however,  even  of  these  caterpillars,  when  very 
young,  are  green.  Again,  some  caterpillars  are 
white.  These  feed  on  and  burrow  in  wood.  The 
Ringlet  Butterfly  also  has  whitish  caterpillars,  and 
this  may  at  first  sight  appear  to  contradict  the  rule, 
since  it  feeds  on  grass.  Its  habit  is,  however,  to 
keep  at  the  roots  by  day,  and  feed  only  at  night. 

6.  In  various  genera  we  find  Black  caterpillars, 
which  are  of. course  very  conspicuous,  and,  so  far  as 
I  know,  not  distasteful  to  birds.  In  such  cases, 
however,  it  will  be  found  that  they  are  covered 
with  hairs  or  spines,  which  protect  them  from  most 
birds.  In  these  species  the  bold  dark  colour  may 
be  an  advantage,  by  rendering  the  hair  more  con- 
spicuous. Many  caterpillars  are  black  and  hairy, 
but  I  do  not  know  any  large  caterpillar  which  is 
black  and  smooth. 

7.  Brown  caterpillars,  also,  are  frequently  pro- 
tected by  hairs  or  spines  in  the  same  way  ;  but, 
unlike  black  ones,  they  are  frequently  naked.  These 
fall  into  two  principal  categories  :  firstly,  those 
which,  like  the  Geometridce,  put  themselves  into 
peculiar  and  stiff  attitudes,  so  that  in  form,  colour, 
and  position  they  closely  resemble  bits  of  dry  stick  ; 
and,  secondly,  those  which  feed  on  low  plants,  con- 


The  Colours  of  Animals.  89 


cealing  themselves  on  the  ground  by  day,  and  only 
coming  out  in  the  dark. 

Yellow  and  yellowish-green  caterpillars  are  abun- 
dant, and  their  colour  is  a  protection.  Red  and 
blue,  on  the  contrary,  are  much  less  common 
colours,  and  are  generally  present  as  spots. 

8.  Moreover,  caterpillars  with  red  lines  or  spots  are 
generally  hairy,  and  this  for  the  reason  given  above. 
Such  species,  therefore,  would  be  avoided  by  birds. 
There  are,  no  doubt,  some  apparent  exceptions. 
The  Swallow-tail  Butterfly,  for  instance,  has  red 
spots  and  still  is  smooth ;  but  as  it  emits  a  strongly- 
scented  liquid  when  alarmed,  it  is  probably  dis- 
tasteful to  birds.  I  cannot  recall  any  other  case  of 
a  British  caterpillar  which  has  conspicuous  red 
spots  or  lines,  and  yet  is  smooth. 

9.  Blue  is,  among  caterpillars,  even  a  rarer  colour 
than  red.  Indeed,  among  our  larger  larvae,  the 
only  cases  I  can  recall  are  the  Lappets,  which 
have  two  conspicuous  blue  bands,  the  Death's- 
head  Moth,  which  has  broad  diagonal  bands,  and 
two  of  the  Hawk-moths,  which  have  two  bright 
blue  oval  patches  on  the  third  segment.  The 
Lappets  are  protected  by  being  hairy,  but  why  they 
have  the  blue  bands  I  have  no  idea.  It  is  inte- 
resting, that  both  the  other  species  frequent  plants 
which  have  blue  flowers.  The  peculiar  hues  of 
the  Death's-head  caterpillar,  which  feeds  on  the 
potato,  unite  so  beautifully  the  brown  of  the  earth, 
the  yellow  and  green  of  the  leaves,  and  the  blue 


90 


The  Colotirs  of  Animals. 


of  the  flowers,  that,  in  spite  of  its  size,  it  can 
scarcely  be  perceived  unless  the  eye  be  focussed 
exactly  upon  it. 

10.  The  Oleander  Hawk-moth  is  also  an  inter- 
estmg  case.  Many  of  the  Hawk-moth  caterpillars 
have  eye-like  spots,  to  which  I  shall  have  to  allude 
again  presently.  These  are  generally  reddish  or 
yellowish,  but  in  this  species,  which  feeds  on  the 
periwinkle,  they  are  bright  blue,  and  in  form  as 
well  as  colour  closely  resemble  the  blue  petals  of 
that  flower.  One  other  species,  the  Sharp-winged 
Hawk-moth,  also  has  two  smaller  blue  spots,  with 
reference  to  which  I  can  make  no  suggestion.  It 
is  a  very  rare  species,  and  I  have  never  seen  it. 
Possibly,  in  this  case,  the  blue  spots  may  be  an 
inherited  character,  and  have  no  reference  to  the 
present  habits.    They  are,  at  any  rate,  quite  small. 

11.  No  one  who  looks  at  any  representations  of 
Hawk-moth  caterpillars  can  fail  to  be  struck  by 
the  peculiar  colouring  of  those  belonging  to  the 
Pine  Moth,  which  differ  in  style  of  colouring  from 
all  other  sphinx  larvae,  having  longitudinal  bands 
of  brown  and  green.  Why  is  this  }  Their  habitat 
is  different.  They  feed  on  the  leaves  of  the 
pinaster,  and  their  peculiar  colouring  offers  a 
general  similarity  to  the  brown  twigs  and  narrow 
green  leaves  of  a  conifer.  There  are  not  many 
species  of  butterflies  or  moths  which  feed  on  the 
pine,  but  there  are  a  few  :  and  most,  if  not  all  of 
them,  have  a  very  analogous  style  of  colouring 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


91 


to  that  of  the  Pine  Moth,  while  the  latter  has 
also  tufts  of  bluish-green  hair  which  singularly 
mimic  the  leaves  of  the  pine.  It  is  still  more  re- 
markable that  in  a  different  order  of  insects  we 
again  find  species — ^for  instance  one  of  the  saw-flies 
— which  live  on  the  pine,  and  in  which  the  same 
style  of  colouring  is  repeated. 


92 


TJie  Colours  of  Animals. 


III. 

1.  Let  us  now  take  a  single  group,  and  see  how 
far  we  can  explain  its  various  colours  and  markings, 
and  what  are  the  lessons  which  they  teach  us.  For 
this  purpose,  I  think  I  cannot  do  better  than  select 
the  larvae  of  the  hawk-moths,  which  have  just  been 
the  subject  of  a  masterly  work  by  Dr.  Weissmann, 
from  which  most  of  the  following  facts  are  taken. 

The  caterpillars  of  this  group  are  very  different 
in  colour — green,  white,  yellow,  brown,  sometimes 
even  gaudy,  varied  with  spots,  patches,  streaks,  and 
lines.  Now,  are  these  differences  merely  casual 
and  accidental,  or  have  they  a  meaning  and  a  pur- 
pose }  In  many,  perhaps  in  most  cases,  the  mark- 
ings serve  for  the  purpose  of  concealment.  When, 
indeed,  we  see  caterpillars  represented  on  a  white 
sheet  of  paper,  or  if  we  put  them  on  a  plain  table, 
and  focus  the  eye  on  them,  the  colours  and  markings 
would  seem,  if  possible,  to  render  them  even  more 
conspicuous  ;  but  amongst  the  intricate  lines  and 
varied  colours  of  foliage  and  flowers,  and  if  the 
insect  be  a  little  out  of  focus,  the  effect  is  very 
different. 

2.  Let  us  begin  with  the  Elephant  Hawk-moth. 

The  caterpillars  (fig.  13),  as  represented  in  most 
entomological  works,  are  of  two  varieties,  most  of 


The  Colours  of  A  nimals. 


93 


them  brown,  but  some  green.  Both  have  a  whi  e 
Hne  on  the  three  first  segments ;  two  remarkable 
eye-like  spots  on  the  fourth  and  fifth,  and  a  very 


:-MOTH 

;PHANT  ; 

n.  Natl 

r"  w 

fi  o 

■r!  3 

o 

U  « 


bj3 


faint  median  line ;  and  are  rather  more  than  four 
inches  long.  I  will  direct  your  attention  specially, 
for  the  moment,  to  three  points  : — What  do  the 


94 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


eye-spots  and  the  faint  lateral  line  mean  ?  and  why 
are  some  green  and  some  brown,  offering  thus  such 
a  marked  contrast  to  the  leaves  of  the  small  epilobe 
on  which  they  feed  ?  Other  questions  will  suggest 
themselves  later.  I  must  now  call  your  attention 
to  the  fact  that,  when  the  caterpillars  first  quit  the 
egg,  and  come  into  the  world  (fig.  14),  they  are 


Y 


Tig.  14.— The  Caterpillar  of  the  Elephant  Hawk-moth 
{CheBrocampa  elpenor).    First  Stage. 

quite  different  in  appearance,  being,  like  so  many 
other  small  caterpillars,  bright  green,  and  almost 
exactly  the  colour  of  the  leaves  on  which  they  feed. 
That  this  colour  is  not  the  necessary  or  direct  con- 
sequence of  the  food,  we  see  from  the  case  of 
quadrupeds,  which,  as  I  need  scarcely  say,  are  never 
green.  It  is,  however,  so  obviously  a  protection  to 
small  caterpillars,  that  this  explanation  of  their 
green  colour  suggests  itself  to  every  one. 

3.  After  five  or  six  days,  and  when  they  are  about 
a  quarter  of  an  inch  in  length,  they  go  through  their 
first  moult.  In  their  second  stage  (fig.  15),  they  have 
two  white  lines,  stretching  along  the  body  from  the 
horn  to  the  head;  and  after  a  few  days  (fig.  16), 
but  not  at  first,  traces  of  the  eye-spots  appear  on 
the  fourth  and  fifth  segments,  shown  by  a  slight 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


95 


Fig.  1 5. —The  Caterpillar  of  the  Elephant  Hawk-moth 
{Chcerocampa  elpcnor).    Second  Stage. 


I  ^ — 1 

Fig.  16.— The  Caterpillar  of  the  Elephant  Hawk-moth 
( Charocampa  elpenor).    Just  before  the  second  moult. 


Fig.  17. — The  Caterpillar  of  the  Elephant  Hawk-moth 
{Chceroca?npa  elfetior).    Third  Stage. 


Fig.  18. — The  Caterpillar  of  the  Elephant  FIawk-moth 
{Charocampa  elpenor).    Fourth  Stage. 


96 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


wave  in  the  upper  line.  After  another  five  or  six 
days,  and  when  about  half  an  inch  in  length,  our 
caterpillars  moult  again.  In  their  third  stage  (fig. 
17),  the  commencement  of  the  eye-spots  is  more 
marked,  while,  on  the  contrary,  the  lower  longitu- 
dinal line  has  disappeared.  After  another  moult 
(fig.  18),  the  eye-spots  are  still  more  distinct,  the 
white  gradually  becomes  surrounded  by  a  black 
line,  while  in  the  next  stage  (fig.  19)  the  centre 
becomes  somewhat  violet.  The  white  lines  have 
almost  or  entirely  disappeared,  and  in  some  speci- 
mens faint  diagonal  lines  make  their  appearance. 
Some  few  assume  a  brownish  tint,  but  not  many. 
A  fourth  moult  takes  place  in  seven  or  eight  days, 
and  when  the  caterpillars  are  about  an  inch  and  a 
half  in  length.  Now,  the  difference  shows  itself 
still  more  between  the  two  varieties,  some  remain- 
ing green,  while  the  majority  become  brown.  The 
eye-spots  are  more  marked,  and  the  pupil  more 
distinct,  the  diagonal  lines  plainer,  while  the  white 
line  is  only  indicated  on  the  first  three,  and  on  the 
eleventh  segment.  The  last  stage  (fig.  19)  has  been 
already  described. 

4.  Now,  the  principal  points  to  which  I  wish  to 
draw  attention  are  (i)  the  green  colour,  (2)  the 
longitudinal  lines,  (3)  the  diagonal  lines,  (4)  the 
brown  colour,  and  (5)  the  eye-spots. 

As  regards  the  first  three,  however,  I  think  I 
need  say  no  more.  The  value  of  the  green  colour 
to  the  young  larva  is  obvious  ;  nor  is  it  much  less 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


97 


clear  that  when  the  insect  is  somewhat  larger,  the 
longitudinal  lines  are  a  great  advantage,  while 
subsequently  diagonal  ones  become  even  more 
important.  « 


5.  The  next  point  is  the  colour  of  the  mature 
caterpillars.  We  have  seen  that  some  are  green,  and 
others  brown.  The  green  ones  are  obviously  merely 
those  which  have  retained  their  original  colour. 

H 


98 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


Now  for  the  brown  colour.  This  probably  makes 
the  caterpillar  even  more  conspicuous  among  the 
green  leaves  than  would  otherwise  be  the  case. 
Let  us  see,  then,  whether  the  habits  of  the  insect 
will  throw  any  light  upon  the  riddle.  What 
would  you  do  if  you  were  a  big  caterpillar  Why, 
like  most  other  defenceless  creatures,  you  would 
feed  by  night,  and  lie  concealed  by  day.  So  do 
these  caterpillars.  When  the  morning  light  comes, 
they  creep  down  the  stem  of  the  food  plant,  and 
lie  concealed  among  the  thick  herbage,  and  dry 
sticks  and  leaves,  near  the  ground  ;  and  it  is  ob- 
vious that  under  such  circumstances  the  brown 
colour  really  becomes  a  protection.  It  might  in- 
deed be  argued  that  the  caterpillars,  having  become 
brown,  concealed  themselves  on  the  ground  ;  and 
that  we  were,  in  fact,  reversing  the  state  of  things. 
But  this  is  not  so ;  because,  while  we  may  say,  as 
a  general  rule,  that  (with  some  exceptions  due  to 
obvious  causes)  large  caterpillars  feed  by  night  and 
lie  concealed  by  day,  it  is  by  no  means  always  the 
case  that  they  are  brown  ;  some  of  them  still  retain- 
ing the  green  colour.  We  may  then  conclude  that 
the  habit  of  concealing  themselves  by  day  came 
first,  and  that  the  brown  colour  is  a  later  adapta- 
tion. It  is,  moreover,  interesting  to  note  that  while 
the  caterpillars  which  live  on  low  plants  often  go 
down  to  the  ground  and  turn  brown,  those  which 
feed  on  large  trees  or  plants  remain  on  the  under 
side  of  the  leaves,  and  retain  their  green  colour. 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


99 


6.  Thus,  in  the  Eyed  Hawk-moth,  which  feeds  on 
the  willow  and  sallow  ;  the  Poplar  Hawk-moth 
which  feeds  on  the  poplar ;  and  the  Lime  Hawk- 
moth,  which  frequents  the  lime,  the  caterpillars  all 
remain  green  ;  while  in  those  which  frequent  low 
plants,  such  as  the  Convolvulus  Hawk-moth,  which 
frequents  the  convolvulus ;  the  Oleander  Hawk- 
moth,  which  feeds  in  this  country  on  the  periwinkle  ; 
and  other  species,  most  of  the  caterpillars  turn 
brown.  There  are,  indeed,  some  caterpillars  which 
are  brown,  and  still  do  not  go  down  to  the  ground 
— as,  for  instance,  those  of  the  Geomeiridce  gene- 
rally. These  caterpillars,  however,  as  already 
mentioned,  place  themselves  in  peculiar  attitudes, 
which,  combined  with  their  brown  colour,  make 
them  look  almost  exactly  like  bits  of  stick  or  dead 
twigs. 

7.  The  last  of  the  five  points  to  which  I  called  your 
attention  was  the  eye-spots.  In  some  cases,  spots 
may  serve  for  concealment,  by  resembling  the 
marks  on  dead  leaves.  In  one  species,  which  feeds 
on  the  hippophae,  or  sea  buckthorn,  a  grey-green 
plant,  the  caterpillar  also  is  a  similar  grey-green, 
and  has,  when  full  grown,  a  single  red  spot  on  each 
side — which,  as  Weissmann  suggests,  at  first  sight 
much  resembles  in  colour  and  size  one  of  the  berries 
of  the  hippophae.  This  might,  at  first,  be  sup- 
posed to  constitute  a  danger,  and  therefore  to  be 
a  disadvantage;  but  the  seeds,  though  present, 
are  not  ripe,  and  consequently  are  not  touched  by 

H  2 


100 


The  Colours  of  Aniiiials. 


birds.  Again,  in  another  caterpillar,  there  is  an  eye- 
spot  on  each  segment,  which  mimics  the  flower  of 
the  plant  on  which  it  feeds.  White  spots,  in  some 
cases,  also  resemble  the  spots  of  light  which  pene- 
trate foliage.  In  other  instances,  however,  and  at 
any  rate  in  our  Elephant  Hawk-moth,  the  eye-spots 
certainly  render  the  insect  more  conspicuous. 

8.  Now  in  some  cases,  this  is  an  advantage, 
rather  than  a  drawback.  Suppose  that  from  the 
nature  of  its  food,  from  its  being  covered  with 
hair,  or  from  any  other  cause,  a  small  green  cater- 
pillar were  very  bitter,  or  disagreeable  or  dan- 
gerous as  food,  still,  in  the  number  of  small  gi-een 
caterpillars  which  birds  love,  it  would  be  continually 
swallowed  by  mistake.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  it 
had  a  conspicuous  and  peculiar  colour,  its  evil  taste 
would  serve  to  protect  it,  because  the  birds  would 
soon  recognise  and  avoid  it,  as  has  been  proved  ex- 
perimentally. I  have  already  alluded  to  a  case  of 
this  among  the  Hawk-moths,  in  a  species  which, 
feeding  on  euphorbia,  with  its  bitter  milky  juice, 
is  very  distasteful  to  birds,  and  is  thus  actually 
protected  by  its  bold  and  striking  colours.  The 
spots  on  our  Elephant  Hawk-moth  caterpillar  do 
not  admit  of  this  explanation,  because  the  insect  is 
quite  good  to  eat-— I  mean,  for  birds.  We  must, 
therefore,  if  possible,  account  for  these  spots  in 
some  other  way.  There  can,  I  think,  be  little 
doubt  that  Weissmann  is  right  when  he  suggests 
that  the  eye-spots  actually  protect  the  caterpillar, 
by  frightening  its  foes. 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


lOl 


9.  Every  one  must  have  observed  that  these  large 
caterpillars — as,  for  instance,  that  of  the  small 
Elephant  Hawk-moth  (fig.  20)— have  a  sort  of 
uncanny  poisonous  appearance  ;  that  they  suggest 


a  small  thick  snake  or  other  evil  beast,  and  the 
so-called  "eyes"  do  much  to  increase  the  deception. 
Moreover,  the  segment  on  which  they  are  placed  is 


102 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


swollen,  and  the  insect,  when  in  danger,  has  the 
habit  of  retracting  its  head  and  front  segments, 
which  gives  it  an  additional  resemblance  to  some 
small  reptile.  That  small  birds  are,  as  a  matter  of 
fact,  afraid  of  these  caterpillars  (which,  however,  I 
need  not  say,  are  in  reality  altogether  harmless), 
Weissmann  has  proved  by  actual  experiment.  He 
put  one  of  these  caterpillars  in  a  tray,  in  which  he 
was  accustomed  to  place  seed  for  birds.  Soon  a 
little  flock  of  sparrows  and  other  small  birds  assem- 
bled to  feed  as  usual.  One  of  them  lit  on  the  edge 
of  this  tray,  and  was  just  going  to  hop  in,  when 
she  spied  the  caterpillar.  Immediately  she  began 
bobbing  her  head  up  and  down,  but  was  afraid  to 
go  nearer.  Another  joined  her,  and  then  another, 
until  at  last  there  was  a  little  company  of  lo  or 
12  birds,  all  looking  on  in  astonishment,  but 
not  one  ventured  into  the  tray  ;  while  one  bird, 
which  lit  in  it  unsuspectingly,  beat  a  hasty  retreat 
in  evident  alarm,  as  soon  as  she  perceived  the 
caterpillar.  After  watching  for  some  time,  Weiss- 
mann removed  it,  when  the  birds  soon  attacked 
the  seeds.  Other  caterpillars  also  are  probably 
protected  by  their  curious  resemblance  to  spotted 
snakes. 

10.  Moreover,  we  may  learn  another  very  interest- 
ing lesson  from  these  caterpillars.  They  leave  the 
egg,  as  we  have  seen,  a  plain  green,  like  so  many  other 
caterpillars,  and  gradually  acquire  a  succession  of 
markings,  the  utility  of  which  I  have  just  attempted 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


103 


to  explain.    The  young  larva,  in  fact,  represents 
an  old  form,  and  the  species,  in  the  lapse  of  ages, 
has  gone  through  the  stage  which  each  individual 
now  passes  through  in  a  few  weeks.     Thus,  the 
caterpillar  of  Chcerocampa  porcellus,  a  species  very 
nearly  allied  to  the  Elephant  Hawk-moth,  passes 
through  almost  exactly  the  same  stages  as  that  spe- 
cies.   But  it  leaves  the  egg  with  a  subdorsal  line, 
which  the  caterpillar  of  the  Elephant  Hawk-moth 
does  not  acquire  until  after  its  first  moult.  No 
one  can  doubt,  however,  that  there  was  a  time 
when  the  new-born  caterpillars  of  the  small'  Ele- 
phant Hawk-moth  were  plain  green,  like  those  of 
the  large  one.    Again,  if  we  compare  the  mature 
caterpillars  of  this  group  of  hawk-moths,  we  shall 
find  there  are  some  forms  which  never  develop  eye- 
spots,  but  which,  even  when  full  grown,  correspond 
to  the  second  stage  of  the  Elephant  Hawk-moth. 
Here,  then,  we  seem  to  have  species  still  in  the 
stage  which  the  Elephant  Hawk-moth  must  have 
passed  through  long  ago. 


I04 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


IV. 

I.  The  genus  Deilephila,  of  which  we  have  In  Eng- 
land three  species — the  Euphorbia  Hawk-moth, 
the  Galium  Hawk-moth,  and  the  Rayed  Hawk- 
moth— is  also  very  instructive.    The  caterpillar  of 
the  Euphorbia  Hawk-moth  begins  life  of  a  clear 
green  colour,  without  a  trace  of  the  subsequent 
markings.    After  the  first  moult,  however,  it  has  a 
number  of  black  patches,  a  white  line,  and  a  series  of 
white  dots,  and  has,  therefore,  at  one  bound,  acquired 
characters  which  in  the  Elephant  Hawk-moth,  as 
we  have  seen,  were  only  very  gradually  assumed. 
In  the  third  stage,  the  line  has  disappeared,  leaving 
the  white  spots.    In  the  fourth,  the  caterpillars  have 
become  very  variable,  but  are  generally  much  darker 
than  before,  and  have  a  number  of  white  dots  under 
the  spots.    In  the  fifth  stage,  there  is  a  second  row 
of  white  spots  under  the  first.     The  caterpillars 
not  being  good  to  eat,  there  is,  as  has  been  already 
pointed  out,  no  need  for,  or  attempt  at,  concealment. 
Now  if  we  compare  the  mature  caterpillars  of  other 
species  of  the  genus,  we  shall  find  that  they  repre- 
sent phases  in  the  development  of  the  Euphorbia 
Hawk-moth.    The  Sea  Buckthorn  Hawk-moth, 
for  instance,  even  when  full  grown,  is  a  plain  green, 
with  only  a  trace  of  the  line,  and  corresponds,  there- 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


fore,  with  a  very  early  stage  of  the  Euphorbia  Hawk- 
moth  ;  there  is  another  species  found  in  South 
Russia,  which  has  the  Hne,  and  represents  the  second 
stage  of  the  Euphorbia  Hawk-moth ;  another  has 
the  Hne  and  the  row  of  spots,  and  represents, 
therefore,  the  third  stage;  lastly,  there  are  some 
which  have  progressed  further,  and  lost  the  longi- 
tudinal line,  but  they  never  acquire  the  second  row 
of  spots  which  characterises  the  last  stage  of  the 
Euphorbia  Hawk-moth. 

2.  Thus,  then,  the  individual  life  of  certain  cater- 
pillars gives  us  a  clue  to  the  history  of  the  species 
in  past  ages. 

For  such  inquiries  as  this,  the  larvze  of  Lepidop- 
tera  are  particularly  suitable,  because  they  live  an 
exposed  life ;  because  the  different  species,  even  of 
the  same  genus,  often  feed  on  different  plants,  and 
are  therefore  exposed  to  different  conditions  ;  and 
last,  not  least,  because  we  know  more  about  the 
larvae  of  the  butterflies  and  moths  than  about  those 
of  any  other  insects.  The  larvae  of  ants  all  live  in  the 
dark  ;  they  are  fed  by  the  perfect  ants,  and  being 
therefore  all  subject  to  very  similar  conditions,  are 
all  very  much  alike.  It  would  puzzle  even  a  good 
naturalist  to  determine  the  species  of  an  ant  larva, 
while,  as  we  all  know,  the  caterpillars  of  butterflies 
and  moths  are  as  easy  to  distinguish  as  the  perfect 
insects  ;  they  differ  from  one  another  as  much  as, 
sometimes  more  than,  the  butterflies  and  moths 
themselves. 


io6  The  Colours  of  Animals. 


3.  There  are  five  principal  types  of  colouring 
among  caterpillars.  Those  which  live  inside  wood, 
or  leaves,  or  underground,  are  generally  of  an  uni- 
form pale  hue ;  the  small  leaf-eating  caterpillars 
are  green,  like  the  leaves  on  which  they  feed.  The 
other  three  types  may,  to  compare  small  things  with 
great,  be  likened  to  the  three  types  of  colouring 
among  cats.  There  are  the  ground  cats,  such  as 
the  lion  or  puma,  which  are  brownish  or  sand 
colour,  like  the  open  places  they  frequent.  So  also 
caterpillars  which  conceal  themselves  by  day  at  the 
roots  of  their  food-plant,  tend,  as  we  have  seen, 
even  if  originally  green,  to  assume  the  colour  of 
earth.  Nor  must  I  omit  to  mention  the  Geometridoe, 
to  which  I  have  already  referred,  and  which,  from 
their  brown  colour,  their  peculiar  attitudes,  and  the 
frequent  presence  of  warts  or  protuberances,  closely 
mimic  bits  of  dry  stick.  That  the  caterpillars  of 
these  species  were  originally  green,  we  may  infer 
from  the  fact  that  some  of  them  at  least  are  still  of 
that  colour  when  first  born. 

4.  Then  there  are  the  spotted  or  eyed  cats,  such 
as  the  leopard,  which  live  among  trees;  and  their 
peculiar  colouring  renders  them  less  conspicuous 
by  simulating  spots  of  light  which  penetrate  through 
foliage.  So  also  many  caterpillars  are  marked  with 
spots,  eyes,  or  patches  of  colour.  Lastly,  there  are 
the  jungle  cats,  of  which  the  tiger  is  the  typical 
species,  and  which  have  stripes,  rendering  them 
very  difficult  to  see  among  the  brown  grass  which 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


107 


they  frequent.  It  may,  perhaps,  be  said  that  this 
comparison  fails,  because  the  stripes  of  tigers  are 
perpendicular,  while  those  of  caterpillars  are  either 
longitudinal  or  oblique.  This,  however,  so  far  from 
constituting  a  real  difference,  confirms  the  explana- 
tion; because  in  each  case  the  direction  of  the  lines 
follows  that  of  the  foliage.  The  tiger,  walking 
horizontally  on  the  ground,  has  transverse  bars  ; 
the  caterpillar,  clinging  to  the  grass  in  a  vertical 
position,  has  longitudinal  lines;  while  those  which 
live  on  large-veined  leaves  have  oblique  lines,  like 
the  oblique  ribs  of  the  leaves. 

5.  It  might,  however,  be  suggested  that  the  cases 
given  above  are  exceptional.  I  have,  therefore,  in 
another  work,  tabulated  all  our  larger  British  cater- 
pillars, and  the  result  is  very  interesting.  As  regards 
butterflies,  we  have  66  species,  out  of  which  1 8  are 
spiny,  and  two  may  fairly  be  called  hairy.  I  do 
not  speak  of  mere  pubescence,  but  of  true  hairs  and 
spines.  Now,  out  of  these  20,  10  are  black,  two 
greyish,  six  brown  or  brownish,  one  greyish-green, 
and  only  one  green.  Thus,  while  green  is  so  pre- 
ponderating a  colour  among  smooth-skinned  or 
ordinarily  pubescent*  caterpillars  (37  out  of  the 
66  species  of  butterflies  being  of  this  colour),  only 
a  single  spiny  species  is  thus  coloured. 

6.  Now  let  us  look  at  these  numbers  under  a 
different  aspect.  Out  of  66  species  10  are  black; 
and,  as  we  have  already  seen,  all  these  are  spiny  or 

*  "  Pubescent"  means  covered  with  very  short  fine  hairs. 


io8 


Tlie  Colours  of  Animals. 


hairy.  The  caterpillar  of  the  Crimson-ringed  But- 
terfly—a species  reputed  to  have  been  taken  in  this 
country— is  stated  to  be  black,  and  is  not  hairy  or 
spiny  ;  but,  as  it  has  red  spots  and  blue  tubercles, 
and  the  neck  is  furnished  with  a  yellow  forked 
appendage,  it  is  probably  sufficiently  protected. 
The  larva  of  the  Swallow-tail  Butterfly  is  also 
marked  with  black,  and  provided  with  strongly- 
scented  tentacles,  which  probably  serve  as  a  pro- 
tection. 

Again,  there  are  i6  brown  species,  and  of  these 
seven  are  hairy  or  spiny. 

7.  Red  and  blue  are  rare  colours  among  cater- 
pillars. Omitting  minute  dots,  we  have  six  species 
more  or  less  marked  with  red  or  orange.*  Of  these, 
two  are  spiny,  two  hairy,  and  one  protected  by  scent- 
emitting  tentacles.  The  orange  medio-dorsal  line 
of  the  Bedford  Butterfly!  is  not  very  conspicuous, 
and  has  been  omitted  in  some  descriptions.  Blue 
is  even  rarer  than  red  ;  in  fact,  none  of  our  butter- 
fly larvae  can  be  said  to  exhibit  this  colour. 

8.  Now  let  us  turn  to  the  moths.  I  have  taken  all 
the  larger  species,  amounting  to  rather  more  than 
\20;%  out  of  which  68  are  hairy  or  downy;  and 

*  These  are  A.  aglaia,  V.  antiopa,  N.  lucina,  C.  alstts,  P.  cratagi, 
and  P.  machaon. 
t  Cupido  alsus. 

%  The  Hepialida:,  Zeuzeridce,  and  Sesidce  have  been  omitted, 
because  these  larva  are  all  internal  or  subterranean  feeders,  and  are 
devoid  of  any  striking  colour. 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


109 


of  these  48  arc  marked  with  black  or  grey,  15 
brown  or  brownish,  two  yellowish-green,  one  bluish- 
grey,  one  striped  with  yellow  and  black,  and  one 
reddish-grey.  There  are  two  yellowish-green  hairy 
species,  which  might  be  regarded  as  exceptions  : 
one,  that  of  the  Five-spotted  Burnet-moth,  is 
marked  with  black  and  yellow,  and  the  other* 
is  variable  in  colour,  some  specimens  of  this  cater- 
pillar being  orange.  This  last  species  is  also  marked 
with  black,  so  that  neither  of  these  species  can  be 
considered  of  the  green  colour  which  serves  as  a 
protection.  Thus,  among  the  larger  caterpillars, 
there  is  not  a  single  hairy  species  of  the  usual 
green  colour.  On  the  other  hand,  there  are  50 
species  with  black  or  blackish  caterpillars,  and  of 
these  48  are  hairy  or  downy. 

9.  In  10  of  our  larger  moths  the  caterpillars  are 
more  or  less  marked  with  red.  Of  these,  three  are 
hairy,  one  is  an  internal  feeder,  four  have  reddish 
lines,  which  probably  serve  for  protection  by  simu- 
lating lines  of  shadow,  and  one,  the  Euphorbia 
Hawk-moth,  is  inedible.  The  last,  the  striped 
Hawk-moth,  is  rare,  and  I  have  never  seen  the 
caterpillar  ;  but  to  judge  from  figures,  the  reddish 
line  and  spots  would  render  it,  not  more,  but  less 
conspicuous  amongst  the  low  herbage  which  it 
frequents. 

10.  Seven  species  only  of  our  larger  moths  have 
any  blue ;  of  these,  four  are  hairy,  the  other  three  are 

*  Nola  albtilalis. 


I  lO 


The  Colours  of  Animals. 


hawk-moths.  In  one,  the  Death's  Head,  the  violet 
colour  of  the  side  stripes  certainly  renders  the  insect 
less  conspicuous  among  the  flowers  of  the  potato, 
on  which  it  feeds.  In  the  Oleander  Hawk-moth 
there  are  two  blue  patches,  which,  both  in  colour 
and  form,  curiously  resemble  the  petals  of  the 
periwinkle,  on  which  it  feeds.  In  the  third  species, 
the  small  Elephant  Hawk-moth,  the  bluish  spots 
form  the  centres  of  the  above-mentioned  eye-like 
spots. 

II.  In  one  family,*  as  already  mentioned,  the 
caterpillars  are  very  often  brown,  and  closely  re- 
semble bits  of  stick,  the  similarity  being  much  in- 
creased by  the  peculiar  attitudes  they  assume.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  large  brown  caterpillars  of  certain 
Hawk-moths  are  night  feeders,  concealing  them- 
selves on  the  ground  by  day ;  and  it  is  remarkable 
that  while  those  species,  such  as  the  Convolvulus 
Hawk-moth,  which  feed  on  low  plants,  turn  brown 
as  they  increase  in  age  and  size,  others,  which 
frequent  trees,  and  cannot  therefore  descend  to 
the  ground  for  concealment,  remain  green  through- 
out life.  Omitting  these,  there  are  among  the 
larger  species,  17  which  are  brown,  of  which  12 
are  hairy,  and  two  have  extensile  caudalt  filaments. 
The  others  closely  resemble  bits  of  stick,  and  place 
themselves  in  peculiar  and  stiff  attitudes. 

*  The  Geometridx. 

t  .£'x/^M«V^= capable  of  being  extended;  CVi«(fa/=  belonging  to 
the  tail. 


The  Colours  of  A  ninials. 


12.  And  thus,  summing  up  the  caterpillars,  both 
of  butterflies  and  moths,  out  of  88  spiny  and 
hairy  species,  only  one  is  green,*  and  even  this 
may  not  be  protectively  coloured,  since  it  has 
conspicuous  yellow  warts.  On  the  other  hand,  a 
very  great  majority  of  the  black  and  brown  cater- 
pillars, as  well  as  those  more  or  less  marked  with 
blue  and  red,  are  either  hairy  or  spiny,  or  have 
some  special  protection. 

13.  Here,  then,  I  think  we  see  reasons,  for  many 
at  any  rate,  of  the  variations  of  colour  and  markings 
in  caterpillars,  which  at  first  sight  seem  so  fan- 
tastic and  inexplicable.  I  should,  however,  produce 
an  impression  very  different  from  that  which  I  wish 
to  convey,  were  I  to  lead  you  to  suppose  that  all 
these  varieties  have  been  explained,  or  are  under- 
stood. Far  from  it ;  they  still  offer  a  large  fiield 
for  study ;  nevertheless,  I  venture  to  think  the 
evidence  now  brought  forward,  however  imper- 
fectly, is  at  least  sufficient  to  justify  the  conclusion 
that  there  is  not  a  hair  or  a  line,  not  a  spot  or 
a  colour,  for  which  there  is  not  a  reason — which 
has  not  a  purpose  or  a  meaning  in  the  economy  of 
nature. 


*  Z.  syiilla. 


Fij-,  21.— White  Deadnettle  {Lamium  alburn). 


SECTION  IV.— ON  FLOWERS  AND 
INSECTS. 

I. 

1.  The  flower  of  the  common  White  Deadnettle 

(fig.  22)  consists  of  a  narrow  tube,  somewhat  ex- 
panded at  the  upper  end  (fig.  23),  where  the  lower 
lobe  of  the  corolla  forms  a  platform,  on  each  side  of 
which  is  a  small  projecting  tooth  (fig.  23,  ni).  The 
upper  portion  of  the  corolla  is  an  arched  hood 
(fig.  23,  co),  under  which  lie  four  anthers  {a  a),  in 
pairs,  while  between  them,  and  projecting  some- 
what downwards,  is  the  pointed  pistil  {st).    At  the 


On  Fhnucrs  and  Insects.  1 1 3 


lower  part,  the  tube  contains  honey,  and  above  the 
honey  is  a  row  of  hairs  almost  closing  the  tube. 
Now,  why  has  the  flower  this  peculiar  form  ?  What 
regulates  the  length  of  the  tube  ?  What  is  the  use 
of  this  arch  ?    What  lessons  do  these  teeth  teach 


Fig.  22. — Flower  of  White  Deadnettle  {Lammtn  album). 


Fig.  23. — Section  of  the  Flower  of  the  White  Deadnettle 
{Lammm  album). 

US     What  advantage  is  the  honey  to  the  flower 
Of  what  use  is  the  fringe  of  hairs  }    Why  does  the 
stigma  project  beyond  the  anthers }    Why  is  the 
corolla  white,  while  the  rest  of  the  plant  is  green 
2.  Similar  questions  may  of  course  be  asked  with 

I 


114 


On  Flowers  and  Insects. 


reference  to  other  flowers.  Let  us  see  whether  we 
can  throw  any  light  upon  them. 

Before,  however,  proceeding  further,  let  me  briefly 
mention  the  terms  used  in  describing  the  different 
parts  of  a  flower. 

If  we  examine  a  common  flower  we  shall  find  that 


Fig.  24. — Meadow  Geranium  {Geranium pratense). 

it  consists,  firstly,  of  an  outer  envelope  or  calyx, 
sometimes  tubular,  sometimes  consisting  of  separate 
leaves  called  sepals  ;  secondly,  an  inner  envelope  or 
corolla,  which  is  generally  more  or  less  coloured, 
and  which,  like  the  calyx,  is  sometimes  tubular, 
sometimes  composed  of  separate   leaves  called 


I 


On  Flowers  and  Insects. 


petals ;  thirdly,  of  one  or  more  stamens,  consisting 
of  a  stalk  or  filament,  and  a  head  or  anther,  in 
which  the  pollen  is  produced  ;  and  fourthly,  ^.  pistil, 
which  is  situated  in  the  centre  of  the  flower,  and 
consists  generally  of  three  principal  parts :  one  or 
more  compartments  at  the  base,  each  containing  one 
or  more  seeds  ;  the  stalk  or  style ;  and  the  stigma, 
which  in  many  familiar  instances  forms  a  small 
head  at  the  top  of  the  style  or  ovary,  and  to  which 
the  pollen  must  find  its  way  in  order  to  fertilise 
the  flower. 

3.  At  the  close  of  the  last  century,  Conrad 
Sprengel,  a  German  schoolmaster,  published  a  valu- 
able work  on  flowers,  in  which  he  pointed  out  that 
the  forms  and  colours,  the  scent,  honey,  and  general 
structure  of  flowers,  have  reference  to  the  visits  of 
insects,  which  are  of  importance  in  transferring  the 
pollen  from  the  stamens  to  the  pistil.  This  admir- 
able work,  however,  did  not  attract  the  attention  it 
deserved,  and  remained  almost  unknown  until 
Mr.  Darwin  devoted  himself  to  the  subject.  Our 
illustrious  countryman  was  the  first  clearly  to  per- 
ceive that  the  essential  service  which  insects  perform 
to  flowers,  consists  not  only  in  transferring  the 
pollen  from  the  stamens  to  the  pistil,  but  in  trans- 
ferring it  from  the  stamens  of  one  flower  to  the 
pistil  of  another.  Sprengel  had  indeed  observed 
in  more  than  one  instance  that  this  was  the  case, 
but  he  did  not  altogether  appreciate  the  importance 
of  the  fact. 

I  2 


ii6 


On  Floivers  and  Insects. 


4,  Mr.  Darwin,  however,  has  not  only  made  it 
clear  from  theoretical  considerations,  but  has  also 
proved  it,  in  a  variety  of  cases,  by  actual  experiment. 
More  recently  Fritz  Miiller  has  even  shown  that  in 
some  cases  pollen,  if  placed  on  the  stigma  of  the 
same  flower,  has  no  more  effect  than  so  much  in- 
organic dust. 

In  by  far  the  majority  of  cases,  the  relation 
between  flowers  and  insects  is  one  of  mutual  ad- 
vantage. In  some  plants,  however — as,  for  instance, 
in  our  Common  Sundew — we  find  a  very  different 
state  of  things,  and  the  plant  catches  and  devours 
the  insects.  The  first  observation  on  insect-eating 
flowers  was  made  about  the  year  1768  by  our 
countryman  Ellis.  He  observed  that  in  a  certain 
North  American  plant  the  leaves  have  a  joint  in 
the  middle,  and  thus  close  over,  kill,  and  actually 
digest  any  insect  which  may  alight  on  them. 

5.  In  our  common  Sundew  (fig.  25)  the  rounded 
leaves  are  covered  with  hairs,  which  are  swollen 
and  glutinous  at  the  tip.  Of  these  hairs  there 
are  on  an  average  about  200  on  a  full-sized  leaf 
The  tips  of  the  hairs  are  each  surrounded  by  a 
drop  of  an  exceedingly  viscid  solution,  which, 
glittering  in  the  sun,  has  given  rise  to  the  name  of 
the  plant.  If  any  object  be  placed  on  the  leaf, 
these  glandular  hairs  slowly  fold  over  it,  and  en- 
close it.  If,  for  instance,  any  small  insect  alights 
on  the  leaf  it  becomes  entangled  in  the  glutinous 
secretion,  the  glands  close  over  it,  their  secretion  if^ 


On  Floivers  and  Insects. 


117 


increased,  and  they  literally  digest  their  prey.  It 
has  been  recently  shown  that  plants  supplied  with 
insects  grow  more  vigorously  than  those  not  so 
fed.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  a  small  stone,  or  any 
other  substance  which  contains  no  nourishment, 
be  placed  on  the  leaf,  though  the  hairs  at  first 
close  over  it,  they  soon  open  again.    It  is  very 


Fig.  25. — Common  Sundew  {Drosera  rotundifolid). 

curious  that  while  the  glands  are  so  sensitive  that 
an  object  weighing  only  rsTToth  of  a  grain  placed 
on  them  is  sufficient  to  cause  motion,  yet  they  are 
"insensible  to  the  weight  and  repeated  blows  of 
drops"  of  even  heavy  rain. 

6.  The  Sundew,  however,  is  not  our  only  English 
insectivorous  plant.    In  the  Butterwort,  which  fre- 


ii8 


On  Flotvers  and  hisects. 


quents  moist  places,  generally  on  mountains,  the 
leaves  are  concave  with  incurved  margins,  and  the 
upper  surfaces  are  covered  with  two  sets  of  glan- 
dular hairs.  In  this  case  the  naturally  incurved 
edges  curve  over  still  more  if  a  fly  or  other  insect 
be  placed  on  the  leaf. 

7.  Another  case  is  that  of  the  Bladderwort 


Fig.  26. — Common  Bladderwort  {Uirictilaria  vulgaris). 

(fig.  26),  an  aquatic  species,  which  bears  a  number 
of  little  bags  which  have  been  supposed  to  act  as 
floats.  Branches, however,  which  bear  nobladderfloat 
just  as  well  as  the  others,  and  there  seems  no  doubt 
that  the  real  use  of  these  little  bags  is  to  capture 
small  aquatic  animals,  which  they  do  in  considerable 
numbers.    The  bladders,  in  fact,  are  on  the  prin- 


On  Floivers  and  Insects. 


119 


ciple  of  an  eel-trap,  having  an  entrance  closed  with 
a  flap  which  permits  an  easy  entrance,  but  effec- 
tually prevents  the  unfortunate  victim  from  getting 
out  again. 

8.  I  will  only  allude  to  one  foreign  case,  that  of 
the  Sarracenia.  In  this  genus  some  of  the  leaves 
are  in  the  form  of  a  pitcher.  They  secrete  a  fluid, 
and  are  lined  internally  with  hairs  pointing  down- 
wards. Up  the  outside  of  the  pitcher  there  is  a  line 
of  honey  glands,  which  lure  the  insects  to  their  des- 
truction. Flies  and  other  insects  which  fall  into 
this  pitcher  cannot  get  out  again,  and  are  actually 
digested  by  the  plant.  Bees,  however,  are  said  to 
be  scarcely  ever  caught. 


120 


On  Floivers  and  Insects. 


II. 

1.  Every  one  knows  how  important  flowers  are  to 
insects  ;  every  one  knows  that  bees,  butterflies,  &c., 
derive  the  main  part  of  their  nourishment  from  the 
honey  or  pollen  of  flowers,  bnt  comparatively  few 
are  aware,  on  the  other  hand,  how  much  the  flowers 
themselves  are  dependent  on  insects.  Yet  it  has, 
I  think,  been  clearly  shown  that  if  insects  have 
been  in  some  respects  modified  and  adapted  with  a 
view  to  the  acquirement  of  honey  and  pollen, 
flowers,  on  the  other  hand,  owe  their  scent  and 
honey,  their  form  and  colour,  to  the  agency  of 
insects.  Thus  the  lines  and  bands  by  which  so 
many  flowers  are  ornamented  have  reference  to  the 
position  of  the  honey  ;  and  it  may  be  observed  that 
these  honey-guides  are  absent  in  flowers  which  open 
at  night,  where  they  of  course  would  not  show, 
and  would  therefore  be  useless.  Flowers,  more- 
over, which  are  generally  pale — for  instance,  the 
White  Lychnis — open  in  the  evening ;  while  those 
of  a  deeper  hue,  such  as  the  Red  Lychnis,  flower 
by  day. 

2.  Indeed,  it  may  be  laid  down  as  a  general  rule, 
that  those  flowers  which  are  not  fertilised  by  honey- 
seeking  insects — as,  for  instance,  those  of  the  Dock 
(fig.  27),  the  Beech,  and  most  other  forest  trees— 


On  Floivers  and  Insects. 


121 


are  small  in  size,  and  do  not  possess  either  colour, 
scent,  or  honey. 

Though  the  pistil  is  generally  surrounded  by  a 
row  of  stamens,  there  are  comparatively  few  cases 
in  which  the  pollen  of  the  latter  falls  directly 
on  the  former.  On  the  contrary,  this  transference 
is  in  most  cases  effected  in  other  ways,  generally 


Fig.  27. — Broad  Dock  {Rumex  obtusifolius). 


by  means  of  the  wind,  of  insects,  or,  in  some  cases, 
of  birds.  In  the  former  case,  however,  by  far  the 
greater  part  of  the  pollen  is  wasted  ;  and  much  more 
must  therefore  be  produced  than  in  those  cases 
where  it  is  carried  by  insects. 

3.  One  advantage,  of  course,  is  the  great  economy 
of  pollen.    We  have  not  much  information  on  the 


122 


Oji  Flowers  and  Insects. 


subject,  but  it  would  seem,  from  the  few  observa- 
tions that  have  been  made,  that  half  a  dozen  pollen 
grains  are  sufficient  to  fertilise  a  seed.  But  in 
plants  in  which  the  pollen  is  carried  by  the  wind, 
the  chances  against  any  given  grain  reaching  the 
pistil  of  another  flower  are  immense.  Consequently 
by  far  the  greater  part  of  the  pollen  is  lost.  Every 
one,  for  instance,  must  have  observed  the  clouds  of 
pollen  produced  by  the  Scotch  Fir.  In  such  flowers 
as  the  Pceony  the  pollen  is  ca.rried  by  insects,  and 
far  less  therefore  is  required  ;  yet  even  here  the 
quantity  produced  is  still  large ;  it  has  been  esti- 
mated that  each  flower  produces  between  3,000,000 
and  4,000,000  grains.  The  Dandelion  is  more  spe- 
cialised in  this  respect,  and  produces  far  less  pollen, 
about  240,000  grains  to  each  flower  ;  while  in  the 
common  Avens  only  ten  times  more  pollen  is  pro- 
duced than  is  actually  used  in  fertilisation. 

4.  It  might,  however,  be  at  first  supposed  that 
where  stamens  and  pistil  co-exist  in  the  same  flower, 
the  pollen  from  the  one  could  easily  fall  on  and 
fertilise  the  other.  And  in  fact  this  does  occur  in 
some  species  ;  but,  as  we  have  seen,  it  is  a  great 
advantage  to  a  species  that  the  flower  should  be 
fertihsed  by  pollen  from  a  different  stock.  How 
then  is  self-fertilisation  prevented 

There  are  three  principal  modes. 

Firstly,  in  many  plants  the  stamens  and  pistil  are 
in  separate  flowers,  sometimes  situated  on  different 
plants. 


On  Flowers  and  Insects. 


123 


Secondly,  even  when  the  stamens  and  pistil  are 
in  the  same  flower,  they  are  in  many  species  not 
mature  at  the  same  time;  this  was  first  observed 
by  Sprengel  as  long  ago  as  1790;  in  some  cases 
the  stigma  has  matured  before  the  anthers  are  ripe, 
while  in  other  and  more  numerous  cases  the  anthers 
have  ripened  and  shed  all  their  pollen  before  the 
stigma  has  come  to  maturity. 

Thirdly,  there  are  many  species  in  which,  though 
the  anthers  and  stigma  are  contained  in  the  same 
flower  and  are  mature  at  the  same  time,  they  are 
so  situated  that  the  pollen  can  hardly  reach  the 
stigma  of  the  same  flower. 

5.  The  transference  of  the  pollen  from  one  flower 
to  another  is,  as  already  mentioned,  effected  princi- 
pally either  by  the  wind  or  by  insects. 

Wind-fertilised  flowers,  as  a  rule,  have  no  colour, 
emit  no  scent,  produce  no  honey,  and  are  regular 
in  form.  Colour,  scent,  and  honey  are  the  three 
characteristics  by  which  insects  are  attracted  to 
flowers. 

As  a  rule,  wind-fertilised  flowers  produce  much 
more  pollen  than  those  which  are  fertilised  by 
insects.  This  is  necessary,  because  it  is  obvious 
that  the  chances  against  any  given  pollen  grain 
reaching  the  stigma  are  much  greater  in  the  one 
case  than  in  the  other.  Every  one,  as  already 
mentioned,  has  observed  the  showers  of  yellow 
pollen  produced  by  the  Scotch  Fir. 

6.  Again,  it  is  an  advantage  to  wind-fertilised 


1 24  On  Flozvers  and  Insects. 


plants  to  flower  early  in  the  spring  before  the  leaves 
are  out,  because  the  latter  would  catch  much  of  the 
pollen,  and  thus  interfere  with  its  access  to  the 
stigma.  Again,  in  these  plants  the  pollen  is  less 
adherent,  so  that  it  can  easily  be  blown  away  by 
the  wind,  which  would  be  a  disadvantage  in  most 
plants  which  are  fertilised  by  insects. 

Such  flowers  generally  have  the  stigma  more  or 
less  branched  or  hairy,  which  evidently  must  tend 
to  increase  their  chances  of  catching  the  pollen. 

7.  The  evidence  derivable  from  the  relations  of 
bees  and  flowers  is  probably  sufficient  to  satisfy- 
most  minds  that  bees  are  capable  of  distinguishing 
colours,  but  the  fact  had  not  been  proved  by  any 
conclusive  experiments.  I  therefore  tried  the  fol- 
lowing. If  you  bring  a  bee  to  some  honey,  she 
feeds  quietly,  goes  back  to  the  hive,  stores  away 
her  honey,  and  returns  with  or  without  companions 
for  another  supply.  Each  visit  occupies  about  six 
minutes,  so  that  there  are  about  10  in  an  hour, 
and  about  100  in  a  day.  I  may  add  that  in  this 
respect  the  habits  of  wasps  are  very  similar,  and 
that  they  appear  to  be  quite  as  industrious  as  bees. 
Perhaps  I  may  give  the  record  of  a  morning's  work 
of  one  of  my  wasps.*  She  came  to  the  honey  at  a 
few  minutes  after  4  in  the  morning,  and  to  show 
how  regularly  she  worked  I  may  give  the  following 
extract  from  my  note-book,  recording  her  visits 
from  6.30  till  12.    Thus  she— 

*  In  her  case  the  intervals  were  rather  longer  than  usual 


On  Flowers  and  Insects.  I2S 


Came  again  at  6.29, 

and  returned  at  6.32 

6.41 

6.44 

J ) 

6.55 

>» 

7 

)  > 

7.11 

) » 

7-15 

) ) 

7-23 

7. 20 

) ) 

7-37 

!  J 

7.42 

»» 

7.56 

>  ) 

8-3 

) » 

8.11 

J  J 

0.14 

J » 

8.20 

J> 

0.24 

I ) 

8.31 

)  ) 

8.34 

) » 

8.40 

)  > 

0.42 

)> 

8.50 

J  J 

8.52 

)r 

8.58 

)  » 

9 

) » 

9.8 

»  ) 

9.11 

J  J 

9.18 

)  ) 

9.22 

)) 

9-30 

)) 

9-32 

) ) 

9-39 

)  » 

9.40 

j» 

9- SO 

)  > 

9- 54 

) ) 

10. 1 

)  J 

10. 5 

5» 

10.14 

)  J 

io'i7 

)) 

10.25 

7> 

10.28 

)  J 

10.37 

)  » 

10.40 

)  ) 

10.47 

)  » 

10.51 

»  J 

II 

>» 

II. 6 

)  ) 

II. 17 

I  > 

11.20 

»  » 

11-34 

)  J 

11-37 

11.50 

»  1 

"•53 

12.5 

>  J 

12.8 

and  so  on  till  half-past  7  in  the  evening.  Thus 
she  worked  twelve  hours  like  a  man,  and  performed 
more  than  100  journeys  to  and  fro.*    This,  how- 

*  Mr.  Darwin,  in  his  last  work,  brought  forward  .some  striking 
evidence  how  rapidly  bees  work.  They  visit,  it  appears,  20  flowers 
in  a  minute,  and  so  carefully  do  they  economise  the  sunny  hours, 
that  in  flowers  with  several  nectaries  if  they  find  one  dry,  they  do 


126 


On  Flowers  and  Insects. 


ever,  was  in  autumn  ;  in  summer  they  make  over- 
time, and  work  on  till  late  in  the  evening. 

8.  I  have  already  mentioned  some  experiments 
which  show  clearly  that  bees  can  distinguish  colours. 
They  appear  fortunately  to  prefer  the  same  colours 
as  we  do.  On  the  contrary,  flowers  of  a  livid, 
yellow,  or  fleshy  colour  are  most  attractive  to  flies  ; 
and  moreover,  while  bees  are  attracted  by  odours 
which  are  also  agreeable  to  us,  flies,  as  might 
naturally  be  expected  from  the  habits  of  their 
larvae,  prefer  some  which  to  us  seem  anything  but 
pleasant. 


not  waste  time  by  examining  the  others  on  the  same  plant.  Mr. 
Darwin  watched  carefully  certain  flowers,  and  satisfied  himself  that 
each  one  was  visited  by  bees  at  least  thirty  times  in  a  day.  The 
result  is,  that  even  where  flowers  are  very  numerous— as,  for  in- 
stance, on  heathy  plains  and  in  clover  fields— every  one  is  visited 
during  the  day.  Mr.  Darwin  carefully  examined  a  large  number 
of  flowers  in  such  cases,  and  found  that  every  single  one  had  been 
visited  by  bees. 


On  Flowers  and  Insects. 


127 


Fig.  28. — Common  Willow  Herb  {Epilobium  angustifolium). 

III. 

I .  Among  other  obvious  evidences  that  the  beauty 
of  flowers  is  useful  in  consequence  of  its  attracting 
insects,  we  may  adduce  those  cases  in  which  the 
transference  of  the  pollen  is  effected  in  different 
manners  in  nearly  allied  plants,  sometimes  even  in 
the  same  genus. 

Thus,  the  Common  Mallow  (fig.  29)  and  Dwarf 
Mallow  (fig.  30),  which  grow  in  the  same  localities, 
and  therefore  must  come  into  competition,  are 
nevertheless  nearly  equally  common. 

In  the  Common  Mallow,  however,  where  the 


128  On  Flowers  and  Insects. 


branches  of  the  stigma  are  so  arranged  (fig. 
that  the  plant  cannot  fertihse  itself,  the  petals  are 
large  and  conspicuous,  so  that  the  plant  is  visited 


Fig.  30. — Dwarf  Mallow  [Malva  rotundifolia). 


by  numerous  insects;  while  in  the  Dwarf  Mallow 
(fig.  32),  the  flowers  of  which  are  comparatively 
small  and  rarely  visited  by  insects,  the  branches  of 
the  stigma  are  elongated,  and  twine  themselves 


On  Floiuers  and  Insects. 


129 


among  the  stamens,  so  that  the  flower  readily 
fertilises  itself. 

2.  Another  interesting  case  is  afforded  by  the 


Fig.  31-  Fig.  32. 

Stamen-,  and  Stigmas  of  the  Common  Mallow  {Malva  sylvestris) 
and  the  Dwarf  Mallow  [Malva  rotundifolia). 


Fig.  33. —Common  Willow  Herb  {Epilob'mm  angusiifolium). 

Willow  Herbs.  The  Common  Willow  Herb  (fig. 
33)  has  large  purplish  flowers  in  conspicuous  heads, 
and  is  much  frequented  by  insects ;  while  the 

K 


^  On  Flozvers  and  Insects. 


Hoary  Willow  Herb  (fig.  34)  has  small  solitary 
flowers,  and  is  seldom  visited  by  insects.  Now  in 
the  former  species  their  visits  are  necessary,  because 
the  stamens  ripen  and  shed  their  pollen  before  the 
pistil,  so  that  the  flower  is  consequently  incapable 
of  fertilising  itself.  In  the  latter  species,  on  the 
contrary,  the  stamens  and  pistil  Come  to  maturity  at 
the  same  time. 

3.  Let  us  take  another  case,  that  of  certain  Gera- 


■P"'g-  34-— Hoary  Willow  Herb  {Epilobium parvifwriun). 

niums.  In  the  Meadow  Geranium  (fig.  35),  which 
has  a  very  large  flower,  all  the  stamens  open,  shed 
their  pollen,  and  wither  away,  before  the  pistil  comes 
to  maturity.  The  flower  cannot,  therefore,  fertilise 
itself,  and  depends  entirely  on  the  visits  of  insects 
for  the  transference  of  the  pollen.  In  the  Moun- 
tain Geranium,  where  the  flower  is  not  quite  so 
large,  all  the  stamens  ripen  before  the  stigma,  but 
the  interval  is  shorter,  and  the  stigma  is  mature 
before  all  the  anthers  have  shed  their  pollen.    It  is, 


On  Flozvers  and  Insects. 


therefore,  not  absolutely  dependent  on  insects.  In 
the  Dove's-foot  Geranium,  which  has  a  still  smaller 


flower,  five  of  the  stamens  come  to  maturity  before 
the  stigma,  but  the  last  five  ripen  simultaneously 

K  2 


132 


Oil  Flowers  and  Insects. 


with  it.  Lastly,  in  the  Small-flowered  Geranium, 
which  is  least  of  all,  the  stigma  ripens  even  before 
the  stamens.  Thus,  then,  we  have  a  series  more  or 
less  dependent  on  insects,  from  the  Meadow  Gera- 
nium to  which  they  are  necessary,  to  the  Small- 
flowered  Geranium  which  is  quite  independent  of 
them  ;  whilst  the  size  of  the  corolla  increases  with 
the  dependence  on  insects. 

In  those  species  in  which  self-fertilisation  is  pre- 
vented by  the  circumstance  that  the  stamens  and 
pistil  do  not  come  to  maturity  at  the  same  time, 
the  stamens  generally  ripen  first. 

4.  The  advantage  of  this  is  probably  connected 
with  the  visits  of  bees.  In  those  flowers  which 
grow  in  bunches  the  lower  ones  generally  open 
first.  Consequently  in  any  given  spike  the  flowers 
are  at  first  all  staminate ;  subsequently  the  lower 
ones,  being  the  older,  have  arrived  at  the  pistillate 
stage,  while  the  upper  ones  are  still  staminate. 
Now  it  is  the  habit  of  bees  to  begin  with  the  lower 
flowers  of  a  spike  and  work  upwards.  A  bee,  there- 
fore, which  has  already  dusted  herself  with  pollen 
from  another  flower,  first  comes  in  contact  with 
the  pistillate  flowers,  and  dusts  them  with  pollen, 
after  which  she  receives  a  fresh  supply  from  the 
upper  staminate  flowers,  with  which  she  flies  to 
another  plant. 

5.  There  are,  however,  some  few  species  in 
which  the  pistil  ripens  before  the  stamens.  One 
is  our  common    Figwort.     Now,  why  is  this.?. 


On  Floivers  and  Insects, 


133 


Probably  because  the  Figwort  is  one  of  our  few 
flowers  specially  visited  by  wasps,  the  honey  being 
not  pleasing  to  bees.  Wasps,  however,  unlike 
bees,  generally  begin  with  the  upper  flowers  and 
pass  downwards,  and  consequently  in  wasp  flowers 
it  is  an  advantage  that  the  pistil  should  ripen 
before  the  stamens.  But  though  the  stamens 
generally  ripen  before  the  pistil,  the  reverse  some- 
times occurs.  Of  this  a  very  interesting  case  is 
that  of  the  genus  Aristolochia.  The  flower  is  a 
long  tube,  with  a  narrow  opening  closed  by  stiff 
hairs  which  point  backwards,  so  that  it  much  re- 
sembles an  ordinary  eel-trap.  Small  flies  enter  the 
tube  in  search  of  honey,  but  from  the  direction  of 
the  hairs  it  is  impossible  for  them  to  return.  Thus 
they  are  imprisoned  in  the  flower,  until  the  stamens 
have  ripened  and  shed  their  pollen,  by  which  the 
flies  get  thoroughly  dusted.  Then  the  hairs  of 
the  tube  shrivel  up,  thus  releasing  the  prisoners, 
who  carry  the  pollen  to  another  flower. 

6.  Again,  in  our  common  Arums,  the  lords-and- 
ladies  of  village  lanes,  the  well-known  green  leaf 
incloses  a  central  pillar  (fig.  36) ;  near  the  base  of 
which  are  arranged  a  number  of  stigmas  {st  in  the 
accompanying  figure),  and  above  them  several  rows 
of  anthers  {a).  It  might  be  supposed,  therefore, 
that  the  pollen  from  the  anthers  would  fall  on  and 
fertilise  the  stigmas.  This,  however,  is  not  what 
occurs.  In  fact  the  stigmas  come  to  maturity  first, 
and  have  lost  the  possibihty  of  fertilisation  before 


134 


Oft  Flowers  and  Insects. 


the  pollen  is  ripe.  The  pollen  must  therefore  be 
brought  by  insects,  and  this  is  effected  by  small 
flies,  which  enter  the  leaf,  either  for  the  sake  of 
honey  or  of  shelter,  and  which,  moreover,  when 
they  have  once  entered  the  tube,  are  imprisoned 
by  the  fringe  of  hairs  {h).     When  the  anthers 


Fig.  36.— Common  Arum.   Diagrammatic  Section. 
h,  hairs  ;  a,  anthers  ;  st,  stigmas. 

ripen,  the  pollen  falls  on  to  the  flies,  which  in  their 
efforts  to  escape  get  thoroughly  dusted  with  it. 
Then  the  fringe  of  hairs  withers,  and  the  flies,  thus 
set  free,  soon  come  out,  and  ere  long  carry  the 
pollen  to  another  plant. 

7.  Now  let  us  return  to  our  White  Deadnettle, 


On  Flowers  and  Insects. 


J35 


and  see  how  far  we  can  answer  the  questions  which 
I  began  by  asking. 

8,  In  the  first  place,  the  honey  attracts  insects. 
If  there  were  no  honey,  they  would  have  no  object 
in  visiting  the  flower.    The  bright  colour  is  useful 
in  rendering  the  flower  conspicuous.    The  platform 
serves  as  an  alighting  stage  for  bees.    The  length 
of  the  tube  has  reference  to  that  of  their  proboscis, 
and  prevents  the  smaller  species  from  obtaining 
access  to  the  honey,  which  would  be  injurious  to 
the  flower,  as  it  would  remove  the  source  of 
attraction  for  the  bees,  without  effecting  the  object 
in  view.    The  upper  arch  of  the  flower  protects  the 
stamens  and  pistil,  and  also  presses  them  firmly 
against  the  back  of  the  bee ;  so  that,  when  the  bee 
alights  on  the  stage  and  pushes  its  proboscis  down 
to  the  honey,  its  back  comes  into  contact  with 
them.    The  row  of  small  hairs  at  the  bottom  of 
the  tube  prevents  small  insects  from  creeping  down 
the  tube  and  stealing  the  honey.    Lastly,  the  small 
processes  on  each  side  of  the  lower  lip  are  the 
rudimentary  representatives  of  parts  formerly  more 
largely  developed,  but  which,  having  become  use- 
less, have  almost  disappeared. 

9.  In  the  Deadnettle  it  would  appear  that  the 
pistil  matures  as  early  as  the  stamens,  and  that  cross- 
fertilisation  is  attained  by  the  relative  position  of 
the  stigma,  which,  as  will  be  seen  in  the  figure, 
hangs  down  below  the  stamens ;  so  that  a  bee, 
bearing  pollen  on  its  back  from  a  previous  visit  to 


13^  On  Flowers  and  Insects. 


another  flower,  would  touch  the  pistil  and  transfer 
to  it  some  of  the  pollen,  before  coming  in  contact 
with  the  stamens.  In  other  species  belonging  to 
the  same  great  group  or  family  of  plants,  the  same 
object  is  secured  by  the  fact  that  the  stamens  come 
to  maturity  before  the  pistil;  they  shed  their 
pollen,  and  shrivel  up  before  the  stigma  is  mature. 


On  Floivcrs  and  Insects. 


137 


IV. 

I.  Fig.  37  represents  a  young  flower  of  Sage,  in 
which  the  stamens  {ad)  are  mature,  but  not  the 
pistil  (/),  which  moreover,  from  its  position,  is  un- 
touched by  bees  visiting  the  flower,  as  shown  in 


Fig.  37.— Sage  (Salvia  officinalis).    Section  of  a  young  flower. 

fig.  38.  The  anthers,  as  they  shed  their  pollen, 
gradually  shrivel  up  ;  while,  on  the  other  hand,  the 
pistil  increases  in  length  and  curves  downwards, 
until  it  assumes  the  position  shown  in  fig.  39,  st, 
where,  as  is  evident,  it  must  come  in  contact  with 
any  bee  visiting  the  flower,  and  would  touch  just 
that  part  of  the  back  on  which  pollen  would  be 
deposited  by  a  younger  flower.  In  this  manner 
cross-fertilisation  is  effectually  secured. 

2.  There  are,  however,  several  other  curious  points 


138 


On  Floivcrs  and  Insects. 


in  which  the  Sage  differs  greatly  from  the  species 
last  described. 

The  general  form  of  the  flower,  indeed,  is  very 


Fig.  38. — Sage  [Salvia  officinalis)  visited  by  a  bee. 


Fig.  39.— Sage  {Salvia  officinalis).    An  older  flower. 

similar.  We  find  again  that,  as  generally  in  the 
Labiates,  the  corolla  has  the  lower  lip  adapted  as 
an  alighting  board  for  insects,  while  the  arched 


On  Flozvers  and  Insects. 


139 


upper  lip  covers  and  protects  the  stamens  and 
pistils. 

The  arrangement  and  structure  of  the  stamens 
is,  however,  very  peculiar  and  interesting.  As  in 
the  Deadnettle,  they  are  four  in  number,  but  one 


Fig.  41. — Stamens  when  moved  by  a  bee. 


pair  is  quite  rudimentary  (fig.  37,  b).  In  the  other 
{an)  the  two  anthers,  instead  of  being  attached 
close  together  at  the  summit  of  the  filament,  are 
separated  by  a  long  movable  rod,  called  a  con- 
nective (figs.  40,  41,  m),  so  that  they  can  play  freely 
on  the  stalk  of  the  stamen.    In  a  natural  position, 


140  On  Flozvers  and  Insects. 


this  connective  is  upright,  so  that  the  one  anther  is 
situated  (fig.  37)  in  the  neck  of  the  tube,  the  other 
under  the  arched  hood.  The  lower  anther,  more- 
over, is  more  or  less  rudimentary.  Now,  when  a 
bee  comes  to  suck  the  honey,  it  pushes  the  lower 
anther  out  of  the  way  with  its  head  ;  the  result  of 
which  is  that  the  connective  swings  round,  and  the 
upper  fertile  anther  comes  down  on  to  the  back  of 
the  bee  (figs.  38  and  41),  and  dusts  it  with  honey, 
just  at  the  place  where,  in  an  older  flower  (fig.  39), 
it  would  be  touched  by  the  stigma,  st. 

3.  At  first  sight  it  may  seem  an  objection  to  this 
view  that  some  species — as,  for  instance,  the 
common  Snapdragon — the  flower  of  which,  accord- 
ing to  the  above  given  tests,  ought  to  be  fertilised 
by  insects,  is  entirely  closed,  A  little  consideration, 
however,  will  suggest  the  reply.  The  Snapdragon 
is  especially  adapted  for  fertilisation  by  humble 
bees.  The  stamens  and  pistil  are  so  arranged  that 
smaller  species  would  not  effect  the  object.  It  is 
therefore  an  advantage  that  they  should  be  ex- 
cluded, and  in  fact  they  are  not  strong  enough  to 
move  the  spring.  The  Snapdragon  is,  so  to  say, 
a  closed  box,  of  which  the  humble  bees  alone 
possess  the  key. 

4.  The  common  Heath  offers  us  a  very  ingenious 
arrangement.  The  flower  is  in  the  form  of  an 
inverted  bell.  The  pistil  represents  the  clapper, 
and  projects  a  little  beyond  the  mouth  of  the  bell. 
The  stamens  are  eight  in  number,  and  form  a  circle 


On  Fhivers  and  Insects. 


round  it,  the  anthers  being  united  by  their  sides 
into  a  continuous  ring.  Each  anther  has  a  lateral 
hole,  but  as  long  as  they  touch  one  another,  the 
pollen  cannot  drop  out.  Each  also  sends  out  a 
long  process,  so  that  the  ring  of  anthers  is  sur- 
rounded by  a  row  of  spokes.  Now  when  a  bee 
comes  to  suck  the  honey,  it  first  touches  the  end  of 
the  pistil,  on  which  it  could  hardly  fail  to  deposit 
some  pollen,  had  it  previously  visited  another  plant. 
It  would  then  press  its  proboscis  up  the  bell,  in 
doing  which  it  would  pass  between  two  of  the 
spokes,  and  pressing  them  apart,  would  dislocate 
the  ring  of  anthers  ;  a  shower  of  pollen  would  thus 
fall  from  the  open  cells  on  to  the  head  of  the  bee. 

5.  In  many  cases  the  effect  of  the  colouring  and 
scent  is  greatly  enhanced  by  the  association  of 
several  flowers  in  one  bunch,  or  raceme  ;  as,  for 
instance,  in  the  Wild  Hyacinth,  the  Lilac,  and  other 
familiar  species.  In  the  great  family  of  Umbelli- 
fera,  this  arrangement  is  still  further  taken  advan- 
tage of,  as  in  the  common  Wild  Chervil  (fig.  42). 

In  this  group  the  honey  is  not,  as  in  the  flowers 
just  described,  situated  at  the  bottom  of  a  tube,  but 
lies  exposed,  and  is  therefore  accessible  to  a  great 
variety  of  small  insects.  The  union  of  the  florets 
into  a  head,  moreover,  not  only  renders  them  more 
conspicuous,  but  also  enables  the  insects  to  visit 
a  greater  number  of  flowers  in  a  given  time. 

6.  It  might  at  first  be  supposed  that  in  such  small 
flowers  as  these  self-fertilisation  would  be  almost 


142 


On  Flowers  and  Insects. 


unavoidable.  In  most  cases,  however,  the  stamens 
ripen  before  the  stigmas. 

The  position  of  the  honey  on  the  surface  of  a 
more  or  less  flat  disk  renders  it  much  more  acces- 
sible than  in  those  cases  in  which  it  is  situated  at 
the  end  of  a  more  or  less  long  tube.    That  of  the 


Fig.  42. — Wild  Chervil  {Chcei-ophyllum  sylvestris). 

Deadnettle,  for  instance,  is  only  accessible  to  certain 
humble  bees  ;  while  H.  Miiller  has  recorded  no  less 
than  73  species  of  insects  as  visiting  the  common 
Chervil,  and  some  plants  are  frequented  by  even  a 
larger  number. 

7.  In  the  Composites,  to  which  the  common  Daisy 
and  the  Dandelion  belong,  the  association  of  flowers 


On  Flozvcrs  and  Insects. 


143 


is  carried  so  far,  that  a  whole  group  of  iiorets  is 
ordinarily  spoken  of  as  one  flower.  The  Daisy,  for 
instance,  is  not  really  a  flower,  but  a  group  of  little 
flowers  on  a  single  stalk.  Let  us  take,  for  instance, 
the  common  Feverfew,  or  large  White  Daisy  (figs. 
43,  44,  45).    Each  head  consists  of  an  outer  row  of 


F'g-  43-— Floret  of  P'everfew  [Chrysanthemum parthenium). 


pistillate  florets  or  little  flowers,  in  which  the  tubular 
corolla  terminates  on  its  outer  side  in  a  white  leaf 
or  ray,  which  serves  to  make  the  flower  more  con- 
spicuous, and  thus  to  attract  insects.  The  central 
florets  are  tubular,  and  make  up  the  central  yellow 
part  of  the  flower-head.  Each  of  these  florets  con- 
tarns  a  circle  of  stamens,  the  upper  portions  of 


just  opened. 


144  071  Flozuers  a?id  Insects. 


which  are  united  at  their  edges  and  at  the  top  (fig. 
43),  so  as  to  form  a  tube,  within  which  is  the 
pistil.  The  anthers  open  inwards,  so  as  to  shed  the 
pollen  into  this  box,  the  lower  part  of  which  is 


Fig.  44.  Fig.  45. 


yig.  44. —Floret  of  Feverfew  {Chrysanthemum  partheniuvi), 

somewhat  more  advanced, 
fig.  45.— Floret  of  Feverfew  [Chrysanthetnum  parihenium), 

with  the  stigmas  expanded. 

formed  by  the  stigma,  or  upper  part  of  the  pistil. 
As  the  latter  elongates,  it  presses  the  pollen  against 
the  upper  part  of  the  box,  which  at  length  is  forced 
open,  and  the  pollen  is  pushed  out  (fig.  44)-  Any 
insect  then  alighting  on  the  flower  would  carry  off 


On  Flowers  and  hisecis. 


H5 


some  of  the  pollen  adhering  to  the  under  side  of  its 
body.  The  upper  part  of  the  pistil  terminates  in 
two  branches  (fig.  45,  st),  each  of  which  bears  a  little 
brush  of  hairs.  These  hairs  serve  to  brush  the  pollen 
out  of  the  tube;  while  in  the  tube  the  two  branches 
are  pressed  close  together,  but  at  a  later  stage  they 
separate,  and  thus  expose  the  stigmatic  surfaces  (fig. 
45,  st),  on  which  an  insect,  coming  from  a  younger 
flower,  could  hardly  fail  to  deposit  some  pollen. 
The  two  stigmas  in  the  ray  florets  of  this  White 
Daisy  have  no  brush  of  hairs  ;  and  they  would  be 
of  no  use,  as  these  flowers  have  no  stamens. 


146  On  Flowers  and  Insects. 


Fig.  46. — Bird's-foot  Trefoil  {Lotus  cernicuieUus), 


V. 

I.  The  Leguminosse,  or  Pea-tribe,  present  a  num- 
ber of  beautiful  contrivances.  Let  us  take  a  com- 
mon little  Bird's-foot  Trefoil  (fig.  46).  The  petals 
are  five  in  number  ;  the  upper  one  stands  upright, 
and  is  known  as  the  standard  (fig.  47,  std) ;  the  two 
lateral  ones  present  a  slight  resemblance  to  wings 
(fig.  47,  w),  while  the  two  lower  ones  are  united 
along  their  edges,  so  as  to  form  a  sort  of  boat, 
whence  they  are  known  as  the  "keel"  (figs.  48, 
49,  k).  The  stamens,  with  one  exception,  are  united 
at  their  bases,  thus  forming  a  tube  (figs.  50,  51,  t), 
surrounding  the  pistil,  which  projects  beyond  them 


Oil  Flowers  and  Insects. 


147 


Fig.  47-  F'g-  48- 


V 


F'g-  47- — Flower  ot  Bird's-foot  Trefoil  (^Lotus  corniculatus), 
seen  from  the  side  and  in  front. 
,,  48. — Ditto,  after  removal  of  the  standard. 
,,  49. — Ditto,  after  removal  of  the  standard  and  wings. 
,,  50. — Ditto,  after  removal  of  one  side  of  the  keel. 
,,   51. — Terminal  portion  of  fig.  50,  more  magnified. 
c,  entrance  to  the  honey  ;  a,  the  free  stamen;  c,  the  place  where 
the  wings  lock  with  the  keel;  f,  expanded  ends  of  stamen i  ; 
X,  filaments  of  sla.m£ns  ;  g,.  tip  of  keel  ;  po,  pollen  ;  st,  stigma,  • 


L  2 


148  On  Flowers  and  Insects. 


into  a  triangular  space  at  the  end  of  the  keel.  Into 
this  space  the  pollen  is  shed  (fig.  ^\,pd).  It  must 
also  be  observed  that  each  of  the  wings  has  a  pro- 
jection {c)  which  locks  into  a  corresponding  depres- 
sion of  the  keel,  so  that  if  the  wings  are  depressed 
they  carry  the  keel  with  them.  Now  when  an 
insect  alights  on  the  flower,  its  weight  depresses 
the  wings,  and  as  they  again  carry  with  them  the 
keel,  the  latter  slips  over  the  column  of  stamens, 
thus  forcing  some  of  the  pollen  out  at  the  end  of 
the  keel  and  against  the  breast  of  the  insect.  As 
soon  as  the  insect  leaves  the  flower,  this  resumes  its 
natural  position,  and  the  pollen  is  again  snugly 
protected.  The  arrangement  in  the  Sweet  Pea  is 
very  similar,  and  if  the  wings  are  seized  by  the 
fingers,  and  pressed  down,  this  outpumping  of  the 
pollen  may  be  easily  effected,  and  the  mechanism 
will  then  be  more  clearly  understood. 

2.  It  will  be  observed  (fig.  50)  that  one  stamen  is 
separated  from  the  rest.  The  advantage  of  this,  is 
that  it  leaves  a  space  through  which  the  proboscis 
of  the  bee  can  reach  the  honey,  which  is  situated 
inside  the  tube  formed  by  the  united  stamens.  In 
those  Leguminosae  which  have  no  honey,  the  sta- 
mens are  all  united  together.  Such  flowers  are, 
nevertheless,  in  spite  of  the  absence  of  honey,  visited 
by  insects  for  the  sake  of  the  pollen  alone. 

In  other  Leguminosae — as,  for  instance,  in  the 
Furze  and  the  Broom — the  flower  is  in  a  state  of 
tension,  but  the  different  parts  are.,  as  it  were, 


On  Flozvcrs  and  Insects.  149 

locked  together.  The  action  of  the  bee,  however, 
puts  an  end  to  this  ;  the  flower  explodes,  and  thus 
dusts  the  bee  with  pollen. 

It  would,  however,  take  too  long  to  refer  to  the 
various  interesting  arrangements  by  which  cross- 
fertilisation  is  secured  in  this  great  order  of  plants. 

3.  It  is,  indeed,  impossible  not  to  be  struck  by  the 
marvellous  variety  of  contrivances  found  among 
flowers,  and  the  light  thus  thrown  upon  them,  by 
the  consideration  of  their  relations  to  insects. 

I  must  now  call  your  attention  to  certain  very 
curious  cases,  in  which  the  same  species  has  two  or 
more  kinds  of  flowers.  Probably  in  all  plants  the 
flowers  differ  somewhat  in  size,  and  I  have  already 
mentioned  some  species  in  which  these  differences 
have  given  rise  to  two  distinct  classes  of  flowers,  one 
large  and  much  visited  by  insects,  the  other  small 
and  comparatively  neglected.  In  other  species — as, 
for  instance,  in  some  of  the  Violets — these  differ- 
ences are  carried  much  further.  The  smaller  flowers 
have  no  smell  or  honey,  the  corolla  is  rudimen- 
tary, and,  in  fact,  an  ordinary  observer  would  not 
recognise  them  as  flowers  at  all.  Such  small 
flowers  are  already  known  to  exist  in  about  50 
genera.  Their  object  probably  is  to  secure,  with 
as  little  expenditure  as  possible,  the  continuance 
of  the  species  in  cases  when,  from  unfavourable 
weather  or  other  causes,  insects  are  absent ;  and 
under  such  circumstances,  as  scent,  honey,  and 
colour  would  be  of  no  use,  it  is  an  advantage  to  the 


1^0  On  Flowers  and  hiseds. 


plant  to  be  spared  from  the  effort  of  their  produc- 
tion. 

4.  As  the  type  of  another  class  of  cases  in  which 
two  kinds  of  flowers  are  produced  by  the  same 
species  (though  not  on  the  same  stock),  we  may 
take  our  common  Cowslips  and  Primroses.   If  you 


examine  a  number  of  them,  you  will  find  that  they 
fall  into  two  distinct  series.  In  some  of  the  flowers 
the  pistil  is  as  long  as  the  tube,  and  the  button- 
shaped  stigma  (fig.  53,  i-/)  is  situated  at  the  mouth 
of  the  flower,  the  stamens  {a  d)  being  halfway  down 
the  tube ;  while,  in  the  other  flowers  (fig.  54),  on  the 
contrary,  the  anthers  are  at  the  mouth  of  the  flower, 
and  the  stigma  halfway  down.    The  existence  of 


Fig.  52. — Common  Cowslip  {Primula  va-is). 


On  Flowers  and  Insects.  151 


these  two  kinds  of  flowers  had  long  been  known,  but 
it  remained  unexplained  until  Mr.  Darwin  devoted 
his  attention  to  the  subject.  Now  that  he  has  fur- 
nished us  with  the  clue,  the  case  is  clear  enough. 

5.  An  insect  visiting  a  plant  of  the  short-styled 
form  would  dust  its  proboscis  at  a  certain  distance 
from  the  extremity  (fig.  54,  d),  which,  when  the 
insect  passed  to  a  long-styled  flower,  would  come 


Fig-  53.  PoIIea  grains.  Fig.  54. 

Section  of  the  Flower  of  Section  of  the  Flower  ot 

Primola.  Primula. 
Long-styled  form.  Short-styled  form. 


just  opposite  to  the  pistil  (fig.  53,  si).  At  the  same 
time,  the  stamens  of  this  second  form  (fig.  53,  d) 
would  dust  the  proboscis  at  a  point  considerably 
nearer  to  the  extremity,  which  in  its  turn  would 
correspond  to  the  position  of  the  stigma  in  the  first 
form  (fig.  54,  s().  The  two  kinds  of  flowers  never 
grow  together  on  the  same  stock,  and  the  two  kinds 
of  plants  generally  grow  together  in  nearly  equal 


Oil  Flowers  and  Insects. 


proportions.  Owing  to  this  arrangement,  therefore, 
insects  can  hardly  fail  to  fertilise  each  flower  with 
pollen  from  a  different  stock. 

6.  The  two  forms  differ  also  in  some  other 
respects.  In  the  long-styled  form,  the  stigma  {sf)  is 
globular  and  rough,  while  that  of  the  short-styled 
form  is  smoother  and  somewhat  depressed.  These 
differences,  however,  are  not  sufficiently  conspi- 
cuous to  be  shown  in  the  figure.  Again,  as 
shown  in  the  figure,  the  pollen  of  the  long-styled 
form  is  smaller  than  the  other,  a  difference  the 
importance  of  which  is  obvious,  for  each  grain  of 
pollen  sends  out  a  tube  which  penetrates  the 
whole  length  of  the  style,  from  the  stigma  to  the 
base  of  the  flower;  and  the  one  has  therefore  to 
produce  a  tube  nearly  twice  as  long  as  that  of  the 
other.  The  careful  experiments  made  by  Mr. 
Darwin  have  shown  that,  to  obtain  the  largest 
quantity  of  seed,  the  flowers  must  be  fertilised  by 
pollen  from  the  other  form.  Nay,  in  some  cases, 
the  flowers  produce  more  seed  if  fertilised  by  pollen 
from  another  species,  than  by  that  from  the  other 
form  of  their  own. 

7.  This  curious  difference  in  the  Primrose  and 
Cowslip,  between  flowers  of  the  same  species,  is 
found  in  most  species  of  the  genus  Primula,  but 
not  in  all. 

The  Cowslip  and  Primrose  resemble  one  another 
in  many  respects,  but  the  honey  they  secrete  must 
be  very  different,  for  while  the  Cowslip  is  habitually 


On  Flowers  and  Insects.  1 5  3 


visited  during  the  day  by  humble  bees,  this  is  not 
the  case  with  the  Primrose,  which  appears  to  be 
fertiHsed  almost  exclusively  by  moths. 

The  genus  Lythrum  affords  a  still  more  complex 
case,  for  here  we  have  three  forms  of  flowers.  The 
stamens  are  in  two  groups :  in  the  one  form  the 
pistil  projects  beyond  either  of  them  ;  in  the  second 
form  it  is  shorter  than  either  of  them,  and  in  the 
third  it  is  intermediate  in  length,  so  that  the  stigma 
lies  between  the  two  sets  of  anthers. 

8.  Although  flowers  present  us  with  these  beau- 
tiful and  complex  contrivances,  whereby  the  transfer 
of  pollen  from  flower  to  flower  is  provided  for,  and 
waste  is  prevented,  yet  they  appear  to  be  imperfect, 
or  at  least  not  yet  perfect  in  their  adaptations. 
Many  small  insects  obtain  access  to  flowers  and 
rob  them  of  their  contents.  The  Dwarf  Mallow 
can  be,  and  often  is,  sucked  by  bees  from  the  out- 
side, in  which  case  the  flower  derives  no  advantage 
from  the  visit  of  the  insect.  In  the  Lucerne,  also, 
insects  can  suck  the  honey  without  effecting  fertili- 
sation, and  the  same  flower  continues  to  secrete 
honey  after  fertilisation  has  taken  place,  and  when, 
apparently,  it  can  no  longer  be  of  any  use.  Fritz 
Miiller  has  observed  that  in  some  plants  which  are 
exclusively  fertiHsed  by  night-flying  insects,  many 
of  the  flowers  nevertheless  open  in  the  day,  and 
consequently  remain  sterile.  It  is  of  course  possible 
that  these  cases  may  be  explained  away  ;  neverthe- 
less, as  both  insects  and  flowers  are  continually 


154 


On  Flowers  and  Insects. 


altering  in  their  structure,  and  in  their  geographical 
distribution,  we  should  naturally  expect  to  find 
such  instances.  Water  continually  tends  to  find 
its  own  level ;  animals  and  plants  as  constantly 
tend  to  adapt  themselves  to  their  conditions.  For 
it  is  obvious  that  any  blossom  which  differed  from 
the  form  and  size  best  adapted  to  secure  the  due 
transference  of  the  pollen  would  be  less  likely  to  be 
fertilised  than  others  ;  while,  on  the  other  hand, 
those  richest  in  honey,  sweetest,  and  most  con- 
spicuous, would  most  surely  attract  the  attention 
and  secure  the  visits  of  insects ;  and  thus,  just  as 
our  gardeners,  by  selecting  seed  from  the  most 
beautiful  varieties,  have  done  so  much  to  adorn  our 
gardens,  so  have  insects,  by  fertilising  the  largest 
and  most  brilliant  flowers,  contributed  uncon- 
sciously, but  not  less  effectually,  to  the  beauty  oi 
our  woods  and  fields. 


155 


Fig.  5S.— Common  Caelina  [Carlina  vulgaris). 

SECTION  V.-ON  PLANTS  AND 
INSECTS. 

1. 

I.  In  the  last  chapter  I  endeavoured  to  show  in 
a  variety  of  cases  how  beautifully  flowers  are  con- 
structed, so  as  to  secure  their  fertilisation  by  insects. 
Indeed,  neither  plants  nor  insects  would  be  what 
they  are,  but  for  the  influence  which  each  has 
exercised  on  the  other.  Some  plants,  indeed,  are 
altogether  dependent  on  insects  for  their  very  exis- 
tence. We  know  now,  for  instance,  that  certain 
plants  produce  no  seeds  at  all,  unless  visited  by 
insects.  Thus,  in  some  of  our  colonies,  the  common 
Red  Clover  sets  no  seeds  on  account  of  the  absence 
of  humble  bees  ;  for  the  proboscis  of  the  hive  bee 
is  not  long  enough  to  effect  the  object.  According 
to  Mr.  Belt,  the  same  is  the  case,  and  for  the  same 
reason,  in  Nicaragua,  with  the  Scarlet-Runner, 


156 


On  Plants  and  Insects. 


But  even  in  those  instances  in  which  it  is  not  abso- 
lutely necessary,  it  is  an  advantage  that  the  flowers 
should  be  fertilised  by  pollen  brought  from  a  dif- 
ferent stock,  and  with  this  object  in  view,  insects  are 
tempted  to  visit  flowers  for  the  sake  of  the  honey 
and  pollen  ;  while  the  colours  and  scents  are  useful 
in  making  the  flowers  more  easy  to  find. 

2.  Fortunately  ^for  us,  bees  like  the  same  odours 
as  we  do ;  and  as  the  great  majority  of  flowers  are 
adapted  for  bees,  they  are  consequently  sweet ;  but 
it  might  have  been  otherwise,  for  flies  prefer  un- 
pleasant smells,  such  as  those  of  decaying  meat, 
and  other  animal  substances  on  which  they  live  as 
larva;,  and  some  flowers,  consequently,  which  are 
fertilised  by  them,  are  characterised  by  very  evil 
odours.  Colours  also  are  affected  in  the  same 
manner,  for  while  bee-flowers  (if  I  may  coin  such 
an  expression)  have  generally  bright,  clear  colours, 
fly-flowers  are  usually  reddish  or  yellowish  brown. 

The  real  use  of  honey  now  seems  so  obvious  that 
it  is  curious  to  read  the  various  theories  which  were 
once  entertained  on  the  subject. 

Sprengel  was  the  first  to  point  out  the  real  office 
of  honey,  but  his  views  were  far  from  meeting  with 
general  assent,  and,  even  as  lately  as  1833,  were 
altogether  rejected  by  some  naturalists. 

3.  No  doubt,  however,  seems  any  longer  to  exist 
that  Sprengel's  view  is  right ;  and  that  the  true 
function  of  honey  is  to  attract  insects,  and  thus  to 
secure  cross-fertilisation.    Thus,  most  of  the  Rose 


On  Plants  and  Insects. 


157 


family  are  fertilised  by  insects,  and  possess  nec- 
taries ;  but,  as  Delpino  has  pointed  out,  the  connmon 
Burnet  is  wind-fertilised,  and  possesses  no  honey. 
So  also  the  Maples  are  almost  all  fertilised  by  in- 
sects, and  produce  honey  ;  but  some  kinds  are 
wind-fertilised  and  honeyless.  Again,  among  the 
Polygonums,  some  species  are  insect-fertilised  and 
honey-bearing  ;  while,  on  the  other  hand,  the  Docks 
and  some  others  have  no  honey,  and  are  fertilised 
by  the  wind.  At  first  sight  it  might  appear  an 
objection  to  this  view — and  one  reason,  perhaps, 
why  the  earlier  botanists  missed  the  true  use  of 
honey  may  have  been  the  fact — that  some  plants 
(as,  for  instance,  the  Common  Laurel)  secrete 
honey  on  other  parts  than  the  flowers. 

4.  Belt  and  Delpino  have,  I  think,  suggested  the 
true  function  of  these  extra-floral  nectaries.*  The 
former  of  these  excellent  observers  describes  a 
South  American  species  of  Acacia:  this  tree,  if 
unprotected,  is  apt  to  be  stripped  of  the  leaves  by 
a  leaf-cutting  ant,  which  uses  them,  not  directly  for 
food,  but,  according  to  Mr.  Belt,  to  grow  mush- 
rooms on.  The  Acacia,  however,  bears  hollow 
thorns,  while  each  leaflet  produces  honey  in  a 
crater-formed  gland  at  the  base,  and  a  small,  sweet, 
pear-shaped  body  at  the  tip.  In  consequence,  it  is 
inhabited  by  myriads  of  a  small  ant,  which  nest  in 

*  I  by  no  means,  however,  wish  to  suggest  that  we  as  yet  fully 
understand  the  facts.  For  instance,  the  use  of  the  nectary  at  the 
base  of  the  leaf  of  the  fern  is  still  quite  unexplained. 


158 


Ott  Plants  and  Insects. 


the  hollow  thorns,  and  thus  find  meat,  drink,  and 
lodging  all  provided  for  them.  These  ants  are  conti- 
nually roaming  over  the  plant,  and  constitute  a  most 
efficient  body-guard,  not  only  driving  off  the  leaf- 
cuttingants, but,  in  Belt's  opinion,  renderingthe leaves 
less  liable  to  be  eaten  by  herbivorous  mammalia. 

5.  I  am  not  aware  that  any  of  our  English  plants 
are  protected  in  this  manner  from  browsing  quad- 
rupeds, but  not  the  less  do  our  ants  perform  for 
them  a  very  similar  function,  by  keeping  down  the 
number  of  small  insects,  which  would  otherwise  rob 
them  of  their  sap  and  strip  them  of  their  leaves. 

Forel  watched,  from  this  point  of  view,  a  nest  of 
ants.  He  found  that  they  brought  in  dead  insects, 
small  caterpillars,  grasshoppers,  cercopis,  &c.,  at 
the  rate  of  about  28  a  minute,  or  more  than  1600 
in  an  hour.  When  it  is  considered  that  the  ants 
work,  not  only  all  day,  but  in  warm  weather,  often 
all  night  too,  it  is  easy  to  see  how  important  a 
function  they  fulfil  in  keeping  down  the  number  of 
small  insects. 

6.  Some  of  the  most  mischievous  insects,  indeed 
— certain  species,  for  instance,  of  green  fly  and  scale 
insect — have  turned  the  tables  on  the  plants,  and 
converted  ants  from  enemies  into  friends,  by  them- 
selves developing  nectaries  and  secreting  honey, 
which  the  ants  love.  We  have  all  seen  the  little 
brown  Garden  Ant,  for  instance,  assiduously  run- 
ning up  the  stems  of  plants,  to  milk  their  curious 
little  cattle.     In  this  manner,  not  only  do  the 


On  Plants  and  Insects. 


159 


aphides  and  cocci  secure  immunity  from  the  attacks 
of  the  ants,  but  even  turn  them  from  foes  into 
friends.  They  are  subject  to  the  attacks  of  a 
species  of  ichneumon,  which  lays  its  eggs  in  them  ; 
and  Delpino  has  seen  ants  watching  over  the  scale 
insects  with  truly  maternal  vigilance,  and  driving 
off  the  ichneumons  whenever  they  attempted  to 
approach. 

7.  But  though  ants  are  in  some  respects  very 
useful  to  plants,  they  are  not  wanted  in  the  flowers. 
The  great  object  is  to  secure  cross-fertilisation ;  but 
for  this  purpose  winged  insects  are  almost  necessary, 
because  they  fly  readily  from  one  plant  to  another, 
and  generally,  as  already  mentioned,  confine  them- 
selves for  a  certain  time  to  the  same  species. 
Creeping  insects,  on  the  other  hand,  naturally  would 
pass  from  each  floret  to  the  next ;  and  it  is  of  little 
use  to  bring  pollen  from  a  different  flower  of  the 
same  stock;  it  must  be  from  a  different  plant  alto- 
gether. Moreover,  creeping  insects,  in  quitting  a 
1"  plant,  would  generally  go  up  another  close  by,  with- 
out any  regard  to  species.  Hence,  even  to  small 
■  flowers,  which,  as  far  as  size  is  concerned,  might 
well  be  fertilised  by  ants,  the  visits  of  flying  insects 
are  much  more  advantageous.  Moreover,  if  larger 
flowers  were  visited  by  ants,  not  only  would  these 
deprive  the  flowers  of  their  honey,  without  fulfilling 
any  useful  function  in  return,  but  they  would  pro- 
bably prevent  the  really  useful  visits  of  bees.  If 
you  touch  an  ant  with  a  needle  or  a  bristle,  she  is 


i6o  On  Plants  and  Insects. 


almost  sure  to  seize  it  in  her  jaws ;  and  if  bees, 
when  visiting  any  particular  flowers,  were  liable  to 
have  the  delicate  tip  of  their  proboscis  seized  on  by 
the  horny  jaws  of  an  ant,  we  may  be  sure  that  such 
a  plant  would  soon  be  deserted. 

8.  On  the  other  hand,  we  know  how  fond  ants 
are  of  honey,  and  how  zealously  and  unremittingly 
they  search  for  food.  How  is  it,  then,  that  they  do 
not  anticipate  the  bees,  and  secure  the  honey  for 
themselves  }  Kerner  has  recently  published  a  most 
interesting  book  on  this  subject,  and  has  pointed 
out  a  number  of  ingenious  contrivances  by  which 
flowers  protect  themselves  from  the  unwelcome 
visits  of  such  intruders.  The  most  frequent  are 
the  interposition  of  thick  hedges,  as  it  were,  in  the 
shape  of  hairs,  which  ants  cannot  penetrate,  glu- 
tinous parts  which  they  cannot  traverse,  slipper}^ 
slopes  which  they  cannot  climb,  or  barriers  which 
close  the  way. 

9.  Firstly,  then,  as  regards  these  hairs.  In  some 
respects  these  are  the  most  effectual  protection, 
since  they  exclude  not  only  creeping  insects,  but 
also  other  creatures,  such  as  slugs.  With  this 
object,  it  will  be  observed  that  the  hairs  which 
cover  the  stalks  of  so  many  herbs  usually  point 
downwards.  A  good  example  of  this  is  afforded, 
for  instance,  by  a  plant  (fig.  56)  allied  to  our  common 
Blue  Scabious.  The  heads  of  the  common  Carline 
(fig.  55),  again  present  a  sort  of  thicket,  which  must 
offer  an  almost  impenetrable  barrier  to  ants.  Some 


On  Plants  and  Insects. 


l6i 


species  of  plants,  on  the  other  hand,  are  quite 
smooth,  excepting  just  below  the  flowers.  The 
common  but  beautiful  Cornflower  is  quite  smooth, 
but  the  flower-head  is  bordered  with  recurved  teeth. 
In  this  case,  neither  the  stem  nor  the  leaves  show  a 
trace  of  such  prickles. 


Fig.  56. — Knaidia  dipsacifolia 


l62 


On  Plants  and  Insects. 


Fig.  57. — Amphibious  Polygonum  {Polygonum  amphibiuin), 

II. 

I.  The  same  consideration  throws  light  on  the 
large  number  of  plants  which  are  more  or  less 
glutinous,  a  condition  generally  produced — as,  for 
instance,  in  the  flowers  of  the  Gooseberry  and 
of  Linnaea  borealis  (fig.  58) — by  the  presence  of 
glandular  hairs.  Kerner  has  called  attention  to  a 
very  interesting  illustration  afforded  by  a  kind  of 
Polygonum  (fig.  57).  In  this  species  the  stigma, 
or  top  of  the  pistil,  projects  about  one-fifth  of  an 
inch  above  the  flower,  so  that  if  ants  could  obtain 
access,  they  would  steal  the  honey  without  ferti- 
lising the  flower  ;  a  flying  insect,  on  the  contrary^ 


Oil  Plants  and  Insects. 


aliehtine  on  the  flower,  could  scarcely  fail  to  touch 
the  stigma. 

2.  The  flowers  of  this  species  are  of  a  beautiful 
rosy  colour,  and  are  rich  in  nectar  ;  the  stamens  are 
short ;  the  pistil,  on  the  contrary,  projects  consider- 
ably above  the  corolla.  The  nectar  is  not  protected 
by  any  special  arrangement  of  the  flower  itself,  and 
is  accessible  even  to  very  small  insects.  The  sta- 
mens ripen  before  the  pistil,  and  any  flying  insect, 
however  small,  coming  from  above,  would  assist  in 


Fig.  58. — LiNN/EA. 


cross-fertilisation.  Creeping  insects,  on  the  con- 
trary, which  in  most  cases  would  enter  from  below, 
would  rob  the  honey  without  benefiting  the  plant. 
The  Amphibious  Polygonum,  as  its  name  denotes, 
grows  sometimes  in  water,  sometimes  on  land.  So 
long,  of  course,  as  it  grows  in  water,  it  is  thoroughly 
protected,  and  then  the  stem  is  smooth  ;  while,  on 
the  other  hand,  those  specimens  which  live  on  land 
throw  out  certain  hairs  which  terminate  in  sticky 
glands,  and  thus  prevent  small  insects  from  creep- 
ing up  to  the  flowers.    In  this  case,  therefore,  the 

M  2 


164 


On  Plants  and  Insects. 


plant  is  not  sticky,  except  just  when  this  condition 
is  useful.  All  these  viscous  plants,  as  far  as  I 
know,  have  upright  or  horizontal  flowers. 

3.  On  the  other  hand,  where  the  same  object  is 
effected  by  slippery  surfaces,  the  flowers  are  often 
hanging  ;  creeping  creatures  being  thus  kept  out  of 
them,  just  as  the  hanging  nests  of  the  weaver-bird 
are  a  protection  from  snakes  and  other  enemies. 
As  instances  of  this  kind  I  may  mention  the 
common  Snowdrop  and  the  Cyclamen. 

Many  flowers  close  their  petals  during  rain,  and 
this  is  obviously  an  advantage,  since  it  prevents 
the  honey  and  pollen  from  being  spoilt  or  washed 
away.  I  have  elsewhere  suggested  that  the  so-called 
"  sleep"  of  flowers  has  reference  to  the  habits  of 
insects,  on  the  ground  that  flowers  which  are  fer- 
tilised by  night-flying  insects  would  derive  no 
advantage  from  being  open  in  the  day  ;  while,  on 
the  other  hand,  those  which  are  fertilised  by  bees 
would  gain  nothing  by  being  open  at  night. 

4.  The  Nottingham  Catchfly  (fig.  59)  is  a  very 
instructive  species  from  this  point  of  view,  and 
indeed  illustrates  a  number  of  interesting  points  in 
the  relations  between  plants  and  insects.  The 
upper  part  of  the  flowering  stem  is  viscid,  from 
which  it  has  derived  its  English  name,  the  Notting- 
ham Catchfly.  This  prevents  the  access  of  ants 
and  other  small  creeping  insects.  Each  flower 
lasts  three  days,  or  rather  three  nights.  The  sta- 
mens are  10  in  number,  arranged  in  two  sets,  the 


On  Plants  mid  Insects. 


165 


one  set  standing  in  front  of  the  sepals,  the  other 
in  front  of  the  petals.  Like  other  night  flowers,  it 
is  white,  and  opens  towards  evening,  when  it  also 
becomes  extremely  fragrant.  The  first  evening, 
towards  dusk,  the  five  stamens  in  front  of  the  sepals 
(fig.  60)  grow  very  rapidly  for  about  two  hours,  so 


Fig-  S9-— Nottingham  Catchfly  {Silene  nutans). 

that  they  emerge  from  the  flower;  the  pollen  ripens, 
and  is  exposed  by  the  bursting  of  the  anther.  So 
the  flower  remains  through  the  night,  very  attractive 
to,  and  much  visited  by,  moths.  Towards  three  in 
the  morning  the  scent  ceases,  the  anthers  begin  to 
shrivel  up  or  drop  off,  the  filaments  turn  themselves 
outwards,  so  as  to  be  out  of  the  way,  while  the 


1 66  On  Plants  and  Insects. 


petals,  on  the  contrary,  begin  to  roll  themselves 
up,  so  that  by  daylight  they  close  the  aperture  of 
the  flower,  and  present  only  their  brownish-green 
undersides  to  view  ;  which,  moreover,  are  thrown 
into  numerous  wrinkles.  Thus,  by  the  morning's 
light,  the  flower  has  all  the  appearance  of  being 
faded.  It  has  no  smell,  and  the  honey  is  covered 
over  by  the  petals.  So  it  remains  all  day.  Towards 
evening,  how^ever,  everything  is  changed.  The 
petals  unfold  themselves  ;  by  eight  o'clock  the 
flower  is  as  fragrant  as  before,  the  second  set  of 


Fig.  60. — Nottingham  Catchfly  {SUene  nutans). 

Stamens  have  rapidly  grown,  their  anthers  are 
open,  and  the  pollen  again  exposed.  By  morning 
the  flower  is  again  "  asleep,"  the  anthers  are 
shrivelled,  the  scent  has  ceased,  and  the  petals 
rolled  up  as  before.  The  third  evening,  again  the 
same  process  occurs,  but  this  time  it  is  the  pistil 
which  grows ;  the  long  spiral  stigmas  on  the  third 
evening  take  the  position  which  on  the  previous 
two  had  been  occupied  by  the  anthers,  and  can 
hardly  fail  to  be  dusted  by  moths  with  pollen 
brought  from  another  flower. 


On  Plants  and  Insects.  167 


5.  An  objection  to  the  view  that  the  sleep  of 
flowers  is  regulated  by  the  visits  of  insects,  might  be 
derived  from  the  cases  of  those  flowers  which  close 
early  in  the  day,  the  well-known  Yellow  Goats'- 
beard,  or  "John  Go-to-bed-at-Noon"  (fig.  61),  for 
instance;  still  more  such  species  as  the  Nipplewort 
or  the  smooth  Crepis,  which  open  before  six  and 


Fig.  61. — ^JOHN  GO-TO-BED-AT-NoON,  Or  GOATS'-BEARU 
( Tragopogoit  pratensc). 

close  again  before  ten  in  the  morning.  Bees,  however, 
are  very  early  risers,  while  ants  come  out  later, 
when  the  dew  is  off ;  so  that  it  might  be  an  advan- 
tage to  a  flower  which  was  quite  unprotected,  to 
open  early  for  the  bees,  and  close  again  before  the 
ants  were  out,  thus  preserving  its  honey  exclusively 
for  bees. 


Fig.  62. — Valisneria. 
«,  pislillote  flower;  b,  staminate  flower ;     floating  pollen. 


169 


SECTION  VI.-FRUITS  AND  SEEDS. 

I. 

I,  Though  technical  terms  are  very  necessary  in 
science,  I  shall  endeavour,  as  far  as  I  can,  to  avoid 
them  here.  As,  however,  it  will  be  impossible  for 
me  to  do  so  altogether,  I  will  do  my  best  at  the 
commencement  to  make  them  as  clear  as  possible. 

In  order  to  understand  the  structure  of  the  seed, 
we  must  commence  with  the  flower,  to  which  the 
seed  owes  its  origin.  Now,  if  you  take  such  a 
flower  as,  say  a  Geranium,  you  will  find,  as  has 
been  already  explained,  that  it  consists  of  the 
following  parts: — Firstly,  there  is  a  whorl  of  green 
leaves,  known  as  the  sepals,  and  together  forming 
the  calyx ;  secondly,  a  whorl  of  coloured  leaves, 
or  petals,  generally  forming  the  most  conspicuous 
part  of  the  flower,  and  called  the  corolla  ;  thirdly, 
a  whorl  of  organs  more  or  less  like  pins,  which  are 
called  stamens  ;  and  in  the  heads,  or  anthers,  of 
which  the  pollen  is  produced.  These  anthers  are 
in  reality  modified  leaves  ;  in  the  so-called  double 
flowers,  as,  for  instance,  in  our  Garden  Roses, 
they  are  developed  into  coloured  leaves  like  those 


Fnciis  and  Seeds. 


of  the  corolla,  and  monstrous  flowers  are  not 
unfrequently  met  with,  in  which  the  stamens  are 
green  leaves,  more  or  less  resembling  the  ordinary 
leaves  of  the  plant.  Lastly,  in  the  centre  of  the 
flower  is  the  pistil,  which  also  is  theoretically  to  be 
considered  as  constituted  of  one  or  more  leaves, 
each  of  which  is  folded  on  itself,  and  called  a  carpel. 
Sometimes  there  is  only  one  carpel.  Generally  the 
carpels  have  so  completely  lost  the  appearance  of 
leaves,  that  this  explanation  of  their  true  nature 
requires  a  considerable  amount  of  faith.  The  base 
of  the  pistil  is  the  ovary,  composed,  as  I  have  just 
mentioned,  of  one  or  more  carpels,  in  which  the 
seeds  are  developed.  I  need  hardly  say  that  many 
so-called  seeds  are  really  fruits  ;  that  is  to  say,  they 
are  seeds  with  more  or  less  complex  envelopes. 

2.  We  all  know  that  seeds  and  fruits  differ  greatly 
in  different  species.  Some  are  large,  some  small ; 
some  are  sweet,  some  bitter ;  some  are  brightly — 
some  dull — coloured,  some  are  good  to  eat,  some 
poisonous ;  some  spherical,  some  winged ;  some 
covered  with  bristles,  some  with  hairs ;  some  are 
smooth,  and  some  very  sticky. 

We  may  be  sure  that  there  are  good  reasons  for 
these  differences. 

3.  In  the  first  place,  then,  during  growth,  seeds  in 
many  cases  require  protection.  This  is  especially 
the  case  with  those  of  an  albuminous  character.  It 
is  curious  that  so  many  of  those  which  are  luscious 
when  ripe,  as  the  Peach,  Strawberry,  Cherrj'. 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


171 


Apple,  &c.,  are  stringy,  and  almost  inedible,  till  ripe. 
Moreover,  in  these  cases,  the  fleshy  portion  is  not 
the  seed  itself,  but  only  the  envelope,  so  that  even 
if  the  sweet  part  is  eaten  the  seed  itself  remains 
uninjured. 

4.  On  the  other  hand,  such  seeds  as  the  Hazel, 
Beech,  Spanish  Chestnut,  and  innumerable  others 
are  protected  by  a  thick,  impervious  shell,  which  is 
especially  developed  in  the  Brazil-nut,  the  so-called 
Monkey  Pot,  the  Cocoa-nut,  and  other  plants. 

In  other  cases  the  envelopes  protect  the  seeds, 
not  only  by  their  thickness  and  toughness,  but  also 
by  their  bitter  taste,  as,  for  instance,  in  the  Walnut. 
One  genus  {Mucund)  is  remarkable  in  having  the 
pods  covered  with  stinging  hairs. 

5.  In  many  cases  the  calyx,  which  is  closed  when 
the  flower  is  in  bud,  opens  when  the  flower  ex- 
pands ;  and  then,  after  the  petals  have  fallen,  closes 
again  until  the  seeds  are  ripe,  when  it  opens  for  the 
second  time.  This  is,  for  instance,  the  case  with 
the  common  Herb  Robert  (fig.  68).  In  a  South 
European  plant  allied  to  the  thistles  the  outer 
envelopes  form  an  exquisite  little  cage.  Another 
case,  perhaps,  is  that  of  Nigella,  or,  as  it  is  seme- 
times  more  prettily  called,  "  Love-in-a-Mist,"  of 
old  English  gardens. 

6.  Again,  the  protection  of  the  seed  is  in  many 
cases  attained  by  curious  movements  of  the  plant 
itself.  In  fact,  plants  move  much  more  than  is 
generally  supposed.    So  far  from  being  motionless, 


172 


Frtiiis  and  Seeds. 


they  may  almost  be  said  to  be  in  perpetual  move- 
ment, though  the  changes  of  position  are  generally 
so  slow  that  they  do  not  attract  attention.  This  is 
not,  however,  always  the  case.  We  are  all  familiar 
with  the  Sensitive  Plant,  which  droops  its  leaves 
when  touched.  Another  species  has  leaves  like 
those  of  an  Acacia,  and  all  day  the  leaflets  go 
slowly  up  and  down.  There  is  a  sort  of  pea  living 
in  India  which  has  trifoliate  leaves,  the  lateral  leaf- 
lets being  small  and  narrow  ;  and  these  leaflets  are 
perpetually  moving  round  and  round,  whence  the 
specific  name  gyi^ans.  In  this  case  the  object  of 
the  movement  is  quite  unknown  to  us.  In  Dioncea, 
as  already  mentioned  (p.  116),  the  leaves  form  a 
regular  fly-trap.  Directly  an  insect  alights  on  them 
they  shut  up  with  a  snap. 

7.  In  a  great  many  cases  leaves  are  said  to  sleep — 
that  is  to  say,  at  the  approach  of  night  they  change 
their  position,  and  sometimes  fold  themselves  up, 
thus  presenting  a  smaller  surface  for  radiation,  and 
being,  in  consequence,  less  exposed  to  cold.  Mr. 
Darwin  has  proved  experimentally  that  leaves 
which  were  prevented  from  moving  suffered  more 
from  cold  than  those  which  were  allowed  to  assume 
their  natural  position.  He  has  observed  with  re- 
ference to  the  arrowroot  plant  that,  if  it  has  had  a 
severe  shock,  it  cannot  get  to  sleep  for  the  next 
two  or  three  nights. 

8.  The  sleep  of  flowers  is  also  probably  a  case  of 
the  same  kind.    These  motions,  indeed,  have  but 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


1/3 


an  indirect  reference  to  our  present  subject.  On 
the  other  hand,  in  the  Dandelion  the  flower-stalk  is 
upright  while  the  flower  is  expanded,  a  period 
which  lasts  for  three  or  four  days  ;  it  then  lowers 
itself,  and  lies  close  to  the  ground  for  about  twelve 
days  while  the  fruits  are  ripening,  and  then  rises 
again  when  they  are  mature.  In  the  Cyclamen  the 
stalk  curls  itself  up  into  a  beautiful  spiral  after  the 
flower  has  faded. 

The  flower  of  the  little  Linaria  of  our  walls 
pushes  out  into  the  light  and  sunshine,  but  as  soon 
as  it  is  fertilised  it  turns  round  and  endeavours  to 
find  some  hole  or  cranny  in  which  it  may  remain 
safely  ensconced  until  the  seed  is  ripe. 

9.  In  some  water-plants  the  flower  expands  at  the 
surface,  but  after  it  is  faded  retreats  again  to  the 
bottom.  This  is  the  case,  for  instance,  with  the 
Water  Lilies  and  several  other  aquatic  plants.  In 
Valisneria,  again,  as  already  mentioned,  the  pistil- 
late flowers  (fig.  62,  a)  are  borne  on  long  stalks, 
which  reach  to  the  surface  of  the  water,  on  which  the 
flowers  float.  The  staminate  flowers  (fig.  62,  b),  on 
the  contrary,  have  short  straight  stalks,  from  which, 
when  mature,  the  pollen  (fig.  62,  c)  detaches  itself, 
rises  to  the  surface,  and,  floating  freely  on  it,  is 
wafted  about,  so  that  it  comes  in  contact  with  the 
pistillate  flowers.  After  fertilisation,  however,  the 
long  stalk  coils  up  spirally,  and  thus  carries  the 
ovary  down  to  the  bottom,  where  the  seeds  can 
ripen  in  greater  safety. 


174 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


Fig.  63. — Hairy  Bittercress  {Cardamine  hirsuta). 
II. 

I.  The  next  points  to  which  I  will  direct  your  at- 
tention are  the  means  of  dispersion  possessed  by- 
many  seeds.  Farmers  have  found  by  experience 
that  it  is  not  desirable  to  grow  the  same  crop  in  the 
same  field  year  after  year,  because  the  soil  becomes 
more  or  less  exhausted.  In  this  respect  therefore 
the  powers  of  dispersion  possessed  by  many  seeds 
are  a  great  advantage  to  the  species.  Moreover, 
they  are  also  advantageous  in  giving  the  seed  a 
chance  of  germinating  in  new  localities  suitable  to 
the  requirements  of  the  species.    Thus,  one  com- 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


175 


mon  European  species  has  rapidly  spread  over  the 
whole  of  South  Africa,  the  seeds,  which  are  covered 
with  hooked  spines,  being  carried  in  the  wool  of 
sheep. 

2.  There  are  a  great  many  cases  in  which  plants 
possess  powers  of  movement  directed  to  the  dis- 
semination of  the  seed.  Thus,  there  are  some 
funguses  which  grow  underground,  but  eventually 
come  up  to  the  surface  of  the  ground,  split  open 
and  shed  their  spores*  in  the  form  of  dust. 

I  have  already  referred  to  the  case  of  the  common 
Dandelion.  Some  plants,  as  we  .shall  see,  even 
sow  their  seeds  in  the  ground,  but  these  cases  will 
be  referred  to  later  on. 

3.  In  other  cases  the  plant  throws  its  own  seeds 
to  some  little  distance.  This  is  the  case  with  the 
common  Hairy  Bittercress  (fig.  63),  a  little  plant,  I 
do  not  like  to  call  it  a  weed,  six  or  eight  inches 
high,  which  comes  up  abundantly  on  any  vacant 
spot  in  our  kitchen  gardens  or  shrubberies.  The 
seeds  are  contained  in  a  pod  which  consists  of  three 
parts,  a  central  membrane  and  two  side  walls. 
When  the  pod  is  ripe  the  walls  are  much  stretched. 
The  seeds  are  loosely  attached  to  the  central  piece 
by  short  stalks.  Now,  when  the  proper  moment 
has  arrived,  the  outer  walls  are  kept  in  palace  by  a 
delicate  membrane  only  just  strong   enough  to 

*  These  are  tiny  seed-like  bodies,  but  are  termed  "  spores "  by 
botanists,  because  in  some  important  points  they  differ  from  true 
seeds. 


176 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


resist  the  tension.  The  least  touch,  for  instance  a 
puff  of  wind  blowing  the  plant  against  a  neighbour, 
detaches  the  outer  wall,  which  suddenly  rolls  itself 
up,  generally  with  such  force  as  to  fly  from  the 
plant,  thus  jerking  the  seeds  to  a  distance  of 
several  feet. 

4.  In  the  common  Violets,  besides  the  coloured 
flowers,  there  are  others  in  which  the  corolla  is 
either  absent  or  imperfectly  developed.  The  sta- 
mens also  are  small,  but  contain  pollen,  though  less 
than  in  the  coloured  flowers.  In  the  autumn  large 
numbers  of  these  curious  flowers  are  produced. 
When  very  young  they  look  like  an  ordinary 
flower-bud  (fig.  64,  d),  the  central  part  of  the 
flower  being  entirely  covered  by  the  sepals,  and 
the  whole  having  a  triangular  form.  When  older 
(figs.  64  and  65,  b)  they  look  at  first  sight  like  an 
ordinary  seed  capsule,  so  that  the  bud  seems  to 
pass  into  the  capsule  without  the  flower  stage. 
The  Pansy  Violets  do  not  possess  these  interesting 
flowers.  In  the  Sweet  Violet  and  Hairy  Violet 
(fig.  64)  they  may  easily  be  found  by  searching 
among  the  leaves  nestling  close  to  the  ground.  It 
is  often  said  that  the  plants  actually  force  these 
capsules  into  the  ground,  and  thus  sow  their  own 
seeds.  I  have  not,  however,  found  this  to  be  the 
case ;  though,  as  the  stalk  lengthens,  and  the  point 
of  the  capsule  turns  downwards,  if  the  earth  be 
loose  and  uneven,  it  will  no  doubt  sometimes  so 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


•77 


happen.  When  the  seeds  are  fully  ripe  the  capsule 
opens  by  three  valves  and  allows  them  to  escape. 


Fig.  64.— Hairy  Violet  {Viola  hirta). 
a,  young  bud  ;  b,  ripe  seed  capsule. 


5.  In  the  Dog  Violet  (fig.  65)  the  case  is  very 
different.  The  capsules  are  less  fleshy,  and,  though 
hanging  down  when  young,  at  maturity  they  erect 
themselves  (fig.  65,  c),  stand  up  boldly  above  the 

N 


1/8 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


Fig.  66.— Dog  Violet.    Seed-vessel  open  and  showing  seeds. 


Fruits  mid  Seeds. 


1/9 


rest  of  the  plant,  and  open  by  the  three  equal 
valves  (fig.  66),  resembling  an  inverted  tripod. 
Each  valve  contains  a  row  of  three,  four,  or  five 
brown,  smooth,  pear-shaped  seeds,  slightly  flattened 
at  the  upper,  wider  end.  Now  the  two  walls  of 
each  valve,  as  they  become  drier,  contract,  and  so 
approach  one  another,  thus  tending  to  squeeze  out 
the  seeds.    These  resist  some  time ;  but  at  length 


lr|g.  57. — Dog  Violet.    Seed-vessel  after  ejecting  the  seeds. 

the  attachment  of  the  seed  to  its  base  gives  way, 
and  it  is  ejected  several  feet,  this  being  no  doubt 
much  facilitated  by  its  form  and  smoothness.  I 
have  known  even  a  gathered  specimen  throw  a 
seed  nearly  10  feet.  Fig.  67  represents  a  capsule 
after  the  seeds  have  been  ejected. 

6.  Now  we  naturally  ask  ourselves  what  is  the 
reason  for  this  difference  between  the  species  of 
violets ;  why  does  the  Sweet  Violet  conceal  its  cap- 

N  2 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


sules  among  the  moss  and  leaves  on  the  ground, 
while  the  Dog  Violet  and  others  raise  theirs  boldly 
above  their  heads  and  throw  the  seeds  to  seek  their 
fortune  in  the  world  ?  If  this  arrangement  be  best 
for  the  Dog  Violet,  why  has  not  the  Sweet  Violet 
also  adopted  it?  The  reason  is,  I  beheve,  to  be 
found  in  the  different  mode  of  growth  of  these  two 
species.  The  Dog  Violet  is  a  plant  with  an  elon- 
gated stalk,  and  it  is  easy  therefore  for  the  capsule 
to  raise  itself  above  the  grass  and  other  low  herbage 
among  which  violets  grow.  The  Sweet  Violet,  on 
the  contrary,  has,  in  ordinary  parlance,  no  stalk, 
and  the  leaves  are  radical,  i.e.,  rising  from  the  root. 
This  is  at  least  the  case  apparently,  though,  botani- 
cally  speaking,  they  rise  at  the  end  of  a  short 
stalk.  Now,  under  these  circumstances,  if  the 
Sweet  Violet  attempted  to  shoot  its  seeds,  the  cap- 
sule not  being  sufficiently  elevated,  the  seeds  would 
merely  strike  against  some  neighbouring  leaf,  and 
immediately  fall  to  the  ground.  Hence,  I  think, 
we  see  that  the  arrangement  of  the  capsule  in  each 
species  is  that  which  is  most  suitable  to  the  general 
habit  of  the  plant. 


Fruits  and  Seeds.  1 8 1 


Fig.  68. — Herb-Robert  Geranium  {Geranium  Roberiianum). 
a,  bud ;  b,  flower ;  c,  flower  after  the  petals  have  fallen  ;  </,  flower 
with  seeds  nearly  ripe  ;  e,  flower  with  ripe  seeds  ;  f,  flower  after 
throwing  seeds. 

III. 


I.  In  the  true  Geraniums  again,  as  for  instance,  in 
the  Herb  Robert  (fig.  68),  after  the  flower  has  faded, 


l82 


Friiiis  and  Seeds. 


the  central  axis  gradually  lengthens  (fig.  68,  c  d). 
The  seeds,  five  in  number,  are  situated  at  the  base 
of  the  column,  each  being  enclosed  in  a  capsule, 
which  terminates  upwards  in  a  rod-Hke  portion, 
which  at  first  forms  part  of  the  central  axis,  but 
gradually  detaches  itself  When  the  seeds  are  ripe 
the  ovary  raises  itself  into  an  upright  position  (fig. 
68,  e) ;  the  outer  layers  of  the  rod-like  termination 
of  the  seed-capsule  come  to  be  in  a  state  of  great 
tension,  and  eventually  (fig.  70)  detach  the  rod  with 
a  jerk,  and  thus  throw  the  seed  some  little  distance. 
Fig.  68,  f,  represents  the  central  rod  after  the  seeds 
have  been  thrown.  In  some  species,  as  for  instance 
in  the  Cut-leaved  Geranium  (fig.  69),  the  capsule- 
rod  remains  attached  to  the  central  column  and  the 
seed  only  is  ejected, 

2.  It  will,  however,  be  remembered  that  the  cap- 
sule is,  as  already  observed,  a  leaf  folded  on  itself, 
with  the  edges  inwards,  and  in  fact,  in  the  Geranium, 
the  seed-chamber  opens  on  its  inner  side.  You  will, 
therefore,  naturally  observe  to  me  that  when  the 
carpel  bursts  outwards,  the  only  effect  would  be 
that  the  seed  would  be  forced  against  the  outer 
wall  of  the  carpel,  and  that  it  would  not  be  ejected, 
Decause  the  opening  is  not  on  the  outer  but  on  the 
inner  side.  Your  remark  is  perfectly  just,  but  the 
difficulty  has  been  foreseen  by  our  Geraniums,  and 
is  overcome  by  them  in  different  ways.  In  some 
species,  as  for  instance  in  the  Cut-leaved  Geranium, 
a  short  time  before  the  opening  of  the  pods,  the 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


183 


seed-chamber  places  itself  at  right  angles  to  the 
pillar  (fig.  69,  a\  The  edges  then  separate,  but  they 
are  provided  with  a  fringe  of  hairs,  just  strong 
enough  to  retain  the  seed  in  its  position,  yet  suffici- 
ently elastic  to  allow  it  to  escape  when  the  carpels 


Fig.  6g. — The  Cut-leaved  Geranium. 
jiist  before  throwing  seed  ;     just  after  throwing  seed  ;  c,  the 
capsule  still  attached  to  the  rod  ;  d,  the  seed. 

burst  away,  remaining  attached,  however,  to  the 
central  pillar  by  their  upper  ends  (fig.  69,  c). 

3.  In  the  common  Herb  Robert  (fig.  68  and  70), 
and  some  other  species,  the  arrangement  is  somewhat 
different.    In  the  first  place  the  whole  carpel  springs 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


away  (fig.  70,  b  and  c).  The  seed-chamber  (fig.  70, 
c)  detaches  itself  from  the  rod  of  the  carpel  (fig.  70, 
b),  and  when  the  seed  is  flung  away  remains 
attached  to  it.    Under  these  circumstances  it  is 


Diagram. 
Fig.  70. — Herb  Robert. 
a,  just  before  throwing  the  seed ;  b,  the  rod  ;  i",  the  seed 
enclosed  in  the  capsule. 

unnecessary  for  the  chamber  to  raise  itself  from  the 
central  pillar,  to  which  accordingly  it  remains  close 
until  the  moment  of  disruption  (fig.  70,  a).  The 
seed-chamber  is  moreover  held  in  place  by  a  short 
tongue  which  projects  a  little  way  over  its  base ; 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


185 


while,  on  the  other  hand,  the  lower  end  of  the  rod 
passes  for  a  short  distance  between  the  seed-capsule 
and  the  central  pillar.  The  seed-capsule  has  also 
near  its  apex  a  curious  tuft  of  silky  hair  (fig.  70,  c), 
the  use  of  which  I  will  not  here  stop  to  discuss. 
As  the  result  of  all  this  complex  mechanism  the 
seeds  when  ripe  are  flung  to  a  distance  which  is 


Fig.  71. — Wood  Vetch  (  Vicia  sylvatica). 

surprising  when  we  consider  how  small  the  spring 
is.  In  their  natural  abode  it  is  almost  impossible 
to  find  the  seeds  when  once  thrown.  I  therefore 
brought  some  into  the  house  and  placed  them  on 
my  billiard  table.  They  were  thrown  from  one 
end  completely  over  the  other,  in  some  cases  more 
than  20  feet. 

4.  Some  species  of  Vetch  (fig.  71),  again,  and  the 


i86 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


common  Broom,  throw  their  seeds,  owing  to  the 
elasticity  of  the  pods,  which,  when  ripe,  open  sud- 
denly with  a  jerk.  Each  valve  of  the  pod  contains 
a  layer  of  woody  cells,  which,  however,  do  not  pass 
straight  up  the  pod,  but  are  more  or  less  inclined 
to  its  axis  (fig.  72}.    Consequently,  when  the  pod 


Fig.  72. — Pod  of  the  Bush  Vetch, 
The  line  a  b  sliows  the  direction  of  the  woody  fibres. 

bursts  it  does  not,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Bittercress, 
roll  up  like  a  watch-spring,  but  twists  itself  more 
or  less  like  a  corkscrew. 

5.  I  have  mentioned  these  species  because  they  are 
some  of  our  commonest  wild  flowers,  so  that  during 
the  summer  and  autumn  we  may,  in  almost  any 
walk,  observe  for  ourselves  this  innocent  artillery. 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


187 


There  are,  however,  many  other  more  or  less  similar 
cases.  Thus  the  Squirting  Cucumber,  a  common 
plant  in  the  south  of  Europe,  and  one  grown  in 
some  places  for  medicinal  purposes,  effects  the  same 
object  by  a  totally  different  mechanical  arrange- 
ment. The  fruit  is  a  small  cucumber  (fig.  73),  and 
when  ripe  it  becomes  so  gorged  with  fluid  that  it  is 


Fig.  73.— Fniit  of  the  SQUIRTING  CUCUMBER. 


in  a  state  of  great  tension.  In  this  condition  a  very 
slight  touch  is  sufficient  to  detach  it  from  the  stalk, 
when  the  pressure  of  the  walls  ejects  the  contents, 
throwing  the  seed  some  distance.  In  this  case  of 
course  the  contents  are  ejected  at  the  end  by  which 
the  cucumber  is  attached  to  the  stalk.    If  any  one 


i88 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


touches  one  of  these  ripe  fruits,  they  are  often 
thrown  with  such  force  as  to  strike  him  in  the  face. 

6.  Even  those  species  which  do  not  eject  their 
seeds  often  have  them  so  placed  with  reference  to  the 
capsule  that  they  only  leave  it  if  swung  or  jerked 
by  a  high  wind.    In  the  case  of  trees, "even  seeds 


with  no  special  adaptation  for  dispersion  must  in 
this  manner  be  often  carried  to  no  little  distance  ; 
and  to  a  certain,  though  less  extent,  this  must  hold 
good  even  with  herbaceous  plants.  It  throws  light 
on  the  fact  that  in  so  many  plants  with  small,  heavy 


Fig.  74. — Poppy-head. 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


seeds,  the  capsules  open,  not  at  the  bottom,  as 
one  might  perhaps  have  been  disposed  to  expect, 
but  at  the  top.  A  good  illustration  is  afforded 
by  the  well-known  case  of  the  common  Poppy 
(fig.  74),  in  which  the  upper  part  of  the  capsule 
presents  a  series  of  little  doors  (fig.  74,  a),  through 
which,  when  the  plant  is  swung  by  the  wind, 
the  seeds  come  out  one  by  one.  The  little  doors 
are  protected  from  rain  by  overhanging  eaves, 
and  are  even  said  to  shut  of  themselves  in  wet 
weather.  The  Bellflowers  {Cainpaindd)  are  also 
interesting  from  this  point  of  view,  because  some 
species  have  the  capsules  pendent,  some  upright, 
and  those  which  are  upright  open  at  the  top,  while 
those  which  are  pendent  do  so  at  the  base. 


190 


',1 

Fruiis  and  Seeds. 


IV. 

1.  In  other  cases  the  dispersion  is  mainly  the 
work  of  the  seed  itself.  In  some  of  the  lower  plants, 
as,  for  instance,  in  many  seaweeds,  and  in  some 
fresh-water  plants  allied  to  them,  the  spores*  are 
covered  by  vibratile  hairs,  and  actually  swim  about 
in  the  water,  like  microscopic  animals,  till  they  have 
found  a  suitable  spot  on  which  to  grow.  Nay,  so 
much  do  the  spores  of  some  seaweeds  resemble 
animals,  that  they  are  provided  with  a  red  "  eye- 
spot"  as  it  has  been  called,  which,  at  any  rate, 
seems  so  far  to  deserve  the  name  that  it  appears  to 
be  sensitive  to  light.  This  mode  of  progression  is, 
however,  only  suitable  to  water  plants.  One  group 
of  small,  low-organized  plants  develops  among  the 
spores  a  number  of  cells  with  spirally  thickened 
walls,  which,  by  their  contractility,  are  supposed 
to  disseminate  the  spores. 

2.  In  much  more  numerous  cases,  seeds  are  carried 
by  the  wind.  For  this  of  course  it  is  desirable  that 
they  should  be  light.  Sometimes  this  object  is 
attained  by  the  character  of  the  tissues  themselves, 
sometimes  by  the  presence  of  empty  spaces.  Thus, 

*  Speaking  botanically,  these  are  not  true  seeds,  but  rather  moving 
buds. 


Fntits  and  Seeds. 


in  the  Lamb's  Lettuce,*  the  fruit  contains  three 
cells,  each  of  which  would  naturally  be  expected  to 
contain  a  seed.  One  seed  only,  however,  is  deve- 
loped, but  the  two  cells  which  contain  no  seed 
actually  become  larger  than  the  one  which  alone 
might,  at  first  sight,  seem  to  be  normally  developed. 
We  may  be  sure  from  this  that  they  must  be  of  some 
use,  and,  from  their  lightness,  they  probably  enable 
the  wind  to  carry  the  seed  to  a  greater  distance 
than  would  otherwise  be  the  case. 

3.  In  other  instances  the  plants  themselves,  or 
parts  of  them,  are  rolled  along  the  ground  by  the 
wind.  An  example  of  this  is  afforded,  for  instance, 
by  a  kind  of  Australian  grass,  in  which  the  mass  of 
flowers,  forming  a  large  round  head,  is  thus  driven 
for  miles  over  the  dry  sands  until  it  comes  to  a 
damp  place,  when  it  expands  and  soon  strikes  root. 

So,  again,  the  "  Rose  of  Jericho,"  a  small  annual 
with  rounded  pods,  which  frequents  sandy  places  in 
Egypt,  Syria,  and  Arabia,  when  dry,  curls  itself  up 
into  a  ball  or  round  cushion,  and  is  thus  driven 
about  by  the  wind  until  it  finds  a  damp  place, 
when  it  uncurls,  the  pods  open,  and  sow  the  seeds. 

4.  These  cases,  however,  in  which  seeds  are  rolled 
by  the  wind  along  the  ground  are  comparatively 
rare.  There  are  many  more  in  which  seeds  are 
wafted  through  the  air.  If  you  examine  the  fruit 
of  a  Sycamore,  you  will  find  that  it  is  provided  with 
a  wing-like  expansion,  in  consequence  of  which,  if 

*  Valerianella. 


192 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


a 


Fig-  75- 

Seeds  or  Frtiils. 
a,  maple  ;  l>,  sycamore  ;  c,  lime  ;  d,  hornbeam  ;  e,  elm  ; 
f,  birch  ;  g,  pine  ;  h,  fir  ;  i,  ash. 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


193 


there  is  any  wind  when  it  falls,  it  is,  though  rather 
heavy,  blown  to  some  distance  from  the  parent  tree. 
Several  cases  are  shown  in  fig.  75  ;  for  instance,  the 
Maple  {d),  Sycamore  {b),  Hornbeam  {d),  Elm  {e), 
Birch  (/),  Pine  {g),  Fir  {h),  and  Ash  (z),  while  in 
the  Lime  (c)  the  whole  bunch  of  fruits  drops  toge- 
ther, and  the  "  bract,"  as  it  is  called,  or  leaf  of  the 
flower-stalk,  serves  the  same  purpose. 

In  a  great  many  other  plants  the  same  result  is 
obtained  by  flattened  and  expanded  edges.  Among 
our  common  wild  plants  we  find  winged  fruits  in 
the  Dock  (fig.  27)  and  in  the  common  Parsnip.  But 
though  in  these  cases  the  object  to  be  obtained — • 
namely,  the  dispersion  of  the  seed — is  efifected  in  a 
similar  manner,  there  are  differences  which  might 
not  at  first  be  suspected.  Thus  in  some  cases,  as, 
for  instance,  in  the  Pine,  it  is  the  seed  itself  which  is 
winged  ;  in  Thlaspi  arvense  it  is  the  pod  ;  in  one* 
leguminous  plant  the  pod  breaks  up  into  segments, 
each  of  which  is  winged  ;  in  anotherf  the  extremity 
of  the  pod  is  expanded  into  a  flattened  wing  ;  lastly, 
in  the  Lime  (fig.  75),  as  already  mentioned,  the 
fruits  drop  off  in  a  bunch,  and  the  leaf  at  the  base 
of  the  common  flower-stalk,  or  "  bract,"  as  it  is 
called,  forms  the  wing. 

6.  Another  mode,  which  is  frequently  adopted,  is 
the  development  of  long  hairs.  Sometimes,  as  in 
Clematis  and  Anemone,  these  hairs  take  the  form 
of  a  long  feathery  awn.    In  others  the  hairs  form 

*  Entada.  f  Nissolia. 

O 


194 


Friuu  a7id  Seeds. 


a  tuft  or  crown,  which  botanists  term  a  "pappus." 
Of  this  the  Dandelion  and  John  Go-to-Bed-at- 
Noon,  so  called  from  its  habit  of  shutting  its  flowers 
about  mid-day,  are  well-knov/n  examples.  Tufts  of 
hairs,  which  are  themselves  sometimes  feathered,  are 
developed  in  a  great  many  flowers  allied  to  the 
Dandelion,  though  some — as,  for  instance,  the  Daisy 
and  Lapsana— are  without  them  ;  in  some  very 
interesting  species,  of  which  the  common  Hawkbit 
of  our  lawns  and  meadows  is  an  example,  there  are 
two  kinds  of  fruits,  as  shown  in  fig.  76,  b,  one  with 
a  pappus  and  one  without.  The  former  are  adapted 
to  seek  "  fresh  fields  and  pastures  new,"  while  the 
latter  stay  and  perpetuate  the  race  at  home. 

7.  A  more  or  less  similar  pappus  is  found  among 
various  English  plants — in  the  Willow  Herb  (figs. 
28  and  76,  d),  Hawkbit  (fig.  76,  U),  Tamarix  (fig. 
76,  c),  Willow  (fig.  76,  d\  Cotton  Grass  (fig.  76,  i), 
and  Bullrush  (fig.  76,/);  while  in  exotic  species 
there  are  many  other  cases — as,  for  instance,  the 
beautiful  Oleander.  As  in  the  wings,  so  also  in 
that  of  the  pappus,  it  is  by  no  means  always  the 
same  part  of  the  plant  which  develops  into  the 
crown  of  hairs. 

8.  In  other  cases  seeds  are  wafted  by  water.  Of 
this  the  Cocoa-nut  is  one  of  the  most  striking 
examples.  The  seeds  retain  their  vitality  for  a 
considerable  time,  and  the  loose  texture  of  the 
husk  protects  them  and  makes  them  float.  Every 
one  knows  that  the  Cocoa-nut  is  one  of  the  first 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


195 


Fig.  76. 
Seeds  or  Fruits. 

a,  willow  herb  {Epilobium)  ;  b,  two  forms  of  seed  of  hawkbil ; 

c,  tamarix ;  d,  willow  {Salix) ;  e,  cotton  grass  [Eriophoruni] ; 
,     f,  bullrush  ( Typha). 


0  2 


196 


Fruits,  and  Seeds. 


plants  to  make  its  appearance  on  coral  islands,  and 
it  is,  I  believe,  the  only  palm  which  is  common  to 
both  hemispheres. 

The  seeds  of  the  common  Duckweeds  (fig.  77) 
sink  to  the  bottom  of  the  water  in  autumn,  and 
remain  there  throughout  the  winter ;  but  in  the 
spring  they  rise  up  to  the  surface  again  and  begin 
to  grow. 

9.  In  a  veiy  large  number  of  cases  the  diffusion 
of  seeds  is  effected  by  animals.  To  this  class  belong 
the  fruits  and  berries.    In  them  an  outer  fleshy 


Fig.  77. — Lesser  Duckweed  {Lei/ma  niinor). 

portion  becomes  pulpy,  and  generally  sweet,  enclo- 
sing the  seeds.  It  is  remarkable  that  such  fruits, 
in  order,  doubtless,  to  attract  animals,  are,  like 
flowers,  brightly  coloured  —  as,  for  instance,  the 
Cherry,  Currant,  Apple,  Peach,  Plum,  Strawberry, 
Raspberry,  and  many  others.  This  colour,  more- 
over, is  not  present  in  the  unripe  fruit,  but  is  rapidly 
developed  at  maturity.  In  such  cases  the  actual 
seed  is  generally  protected  by  a  dense,  sometimes 
almost  stony,  covering,  so  that  it  escapes  digestion, 
while  its  germination  is  perhaps  hastened  by  the 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


197 


heat  of  the  animal's  body.  It  may  be  said  that 
the  skin  of  apple  and  pear  pips  is  comparatively 
soft ;  but  then  they  are  embedded  in  a  stringy  core, 
which  is  seldom  eaten. 

These  coloured  fruits  form  a  considerable  part  of 
the  food  of  monkeys  in  the  tropical  regions  of  the 
earth,  and  we  can,  I  think,  hardly  doubt  that  these 
animals  are  guided  by  the  colours,  just  as  we  are, 
in  selecting  the  ripe  fruit. 

10.  In  these  instances  of  coloured  fruits,  the  fleshy 
edible  part  more  or  less  surrounds  the  true  seeds  ; 
in  others  the  actual  seeds  themselves  become  edible. 
In  the  former  the  edible  part  serves  as  a  temptation 
to  animals  ;  in  the  latter  it  is  stored  up  for  the  use 
of  the  plant  itself.  When,  therefore,  the  seeds 
themselves  are  edible  they  are  generally  protected 
by  more  or  less  hard  or  bitter  envelopes,  for 
instance  the  Horse  Chestnut,  Beech,  Spanish 
Chestnut,  Walnut,  &c.  That  these  seeds  are  used 
as  food  by  squirrels  and  other  animals  is,  however, 
by  no  means  necessarily  an  evil  to  the  plant,  for  the 
result  is  that  they  are  often  carried  some  distance 
and  then  dropped,  or  stored  up  and  forgotten,  so 
that,  by  this  means,  they  get  carried  away  from  the 
parent  tree. 

11.  In  another  class  of  instances,  animals,  uncon- 
sciously or  unwillingly,  serve  in  the  dispersion  of 
seeds.  These  cases  may  be  divided  into  two 
classes,  those  in  which  the  fruits  are  provided  with 
hooks,  and  those  in  which  they  are  sticky.    To  the 


Fruks  and  Seeds. 


f 


Fig.  T^. 

Seeds  or  Fruits. 

a,  burdock  (Lappa)  ;  d,  agrimony  [Agrimonia)  ;  c,  bur  parsley 
(Caticalis) ;  d,  enchanter's  nightshade  [Circcea]  ;  e,  cleavers 
{Galium);  f,  forget-me-not  [Myosolis). 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


Fig.  79. 
Frtiits. 

a,  Harpas^ophyion  procwnhens  (natural  size) ;  b,  Martynia 
proboscidca  (natural  size). 


200 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


first  class  belong,  among  our  common  English  plants 
the  Burdock  (fig.  78,  a) ;  Agrimony  (fig.  78,  b) ;  the 
Bur  Parsley  (fig.  78,  c);  Enchanter's  Nightshade 
(fig.  78,  d)\  Goose  Grass  or  Cleavers  (fig.  78,  e); 
and  some  of  the  Forget-me-nots  (fig.  78,/).  The 
hooks,  moreover,  are  so  arranged  as  to  promote  the 
removal  of  the  fruits.  In  all  these  species  the  hooks, 
though  beautifully  formed,  are  small  ;  but  in  some 
foreign  species  they  become  truly  formidable.  Two 
of  the  most  remarkable  are  represented  above,— 
Martjmia  proboscidea  (fig.  79,  b)  and  Harpagophyton 
procnmbetis  (fig.  79,  d).  Martynia  is  a  plant  of 
Louisiana,  and  if  its  fruits  once  get  hold  of  an 
animal  it  is  most  difficult  to  remove  them.  Har- 
pagophyton  is  a  South  African  genus.  The  fruits 
are  most  formidable,  and  are  said  sometimes  even 
to  kill  lions.  They  roll  about  over  the  dry  plains, 
and  if  they  attach  themselves  to  the  skin,  the 
wretched  animal  tries  to  tear  them  out,  and  some- 
times getting  them  into  its  mouth  perishes  miserably. 


Fruits  and  Seeds.  20  r 


V. 

1.  The  cases  in  which  the  diffusion  of  fruits  and 
seeds  is  effected  by  their  being  sticky  are  less 
numerous,  and  we  have  no  well-marked  instance 
among  our  native  plants.  The  common  Plumbago 
of  South  Europe  is  a  well-marked  case.  There  are 
comparatively  few  cases  in  which  the  same  plant 
uses  more  than  one  of  these  modes  of  promoting 
the  dispersion  of  its  seeds,  still  there  are  some  such 
instances.  Thus,  in  the  common  Burdock  the  seeds 
have  a  pappus,  while  the  whole  flower-head  is  pro- 
vided with  hooks  which  readily  attach  themselves 
to  any  passing  animal. 

2.  But  perhaps  it  will  be  said  that  I  have  picked 
out  special  cases  ;  that  others  could  have  been 
selected  which  would  not  bear  out,  or  perhaps 
would  even  negative,  the  inferences  which  have 
been  indicated;  that  I  have  put  "the  cart  before  the 
horse  ; "  that  the  Ash  fruit  has  not  a  wing  in  order 
that  it  may  be  carried  by  the  wind,  nor  the  Burdock 
hooks  that  the  heads  may  be  transported  by  ani- 
mals, but  that,  happening  to  have  wings  and  hooks, 
these  seeds  are  thus  transported.  Now,  doubtless 
there  are  many  points  connected  with  seeds  which 
are  as  yet  unexplained  ;  in  fact,  it  is  partly  because 


202  Fruiti  and  Seeds'. 


this  is  so  that  I  have  been  anxious  to  direct  atten- 
tion to  the  subject.  Still,  I  believe  the  general 
explanations  which  have  been  given  by  botanists 
will  stand  any  test. 

3.  Let  us  take,  for  instance,  seeds  formed  on 
the  same  type  as  that  of  the  Ash  — heavy  fruits, 
with  a  long  wing.    Now,  such  d,  fruit  would  be 
of  little  use  to  low  herbs.    If,  however,  the  wing 
was  accidental — if  it  were  not  developed  to  serve 
as  a  means  of  dispersion — it  would  be  as  likely 
to  occur  on  low  plants  and  shrubs  as  on  trees. 
Let  us,  then,  consider  on  what  kind  of  plants  these 
fruits  are  found.    They  occur  on  the  Ash,  Maple, 
Sycamore,  Hornbeam,  Pine,  Fir,  and  Elm  ;  while 
the  Lime,  as  we  have  seen,  has  also  a  leaf  attached 
to  the  fruits  which  answers  the  same  purposes. 
Seeds  of  this  character  therefore  occur  on  a  large 
proportion  of  our  forest  trees,  and  on  them  alone. 
But  more  than  this :  I  have  taken  one  or  two 
of  the  most  accessible  works  in  which  seeds  are 
figured.    I  find  30  genera,  belonging  to  21  dif- 
ferent natural  orders,  figured  as  having  seeds  or 
fruits  of  this  form.    They  are  all  trees  or  climbing 
shrubs,  nbt  one  being  a  low  herb. 

4.  Let  us  take  another  case,  that  of  the  plants  in 
which  the  dispersion  of  the  seeds  is  effected  by 
means  of  hooks.  Now,  if  the  presence  of  thete 
hooks  were,  so  to  say,  accidental  and  the  dispersion 
merely  a  result,  we  should  naturally  expect  to  find 
some  species  with  hooks  in  all  classes  of  plants. 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


203 


They  would  occur,  for  instance,  among  trees  and 
on  water-plants.  On  the  other  hand,  if  they  are 
developed  that  they  might  adhere  to  the  skin  of 
quadrupeds,  then,  having  reference  to  the  habits 
and  size  of  our  British  quadrupeds,  it  would  be  no 
advantage  for  a  tree  or  for  a  water-plant  to  bear 
hooked  seeds.  Now,  what  are  the  facts  ?  There 
are  about  thirty  English  species  in  which  the  dis- 
persion of  the  seeds  is  effected  by  means  of  hooks, 
but  not  one  of  these  is  aquatic,  nor  is  one  of  them 
more  than  four  feet  high.  Nay,  I  might  carry  the 
argument  further.  We  have  a  number  of  minute 
plants  which  lie  below  the  level  at  which  seeds 
would  be  likely  to  be  entangled  in  fur.  Now,  none 
of  these,  again,  have  hooked  seeds  or  fruits.  It 
would  seem  that,  in  the  histoiy  of  the  earth  also, 
the  appearance  of  the  families  of  plants  in  which 
the  fruits  or  seeds  are  provided  with  hooks  coin- 
cided with  that  of  the  land  quadrupeds. 

5.  Again,  let  us  look  at  it  from  another  point  of 
view.  Let  us  take  our  common  forest  trees,  shrubs, 
and  tall  climbing  plants  ;  not,  of  course,  a  natural 
or  botanical  group,  for  they  belong  to  a  number 
of  different  families,  but  a  group  characterised  by 
attaining  to  a  height  of,  say,  over  8  feet.  We  will 
in  some  cases  only  count  genera  ;  that  is  to  say, 
we  will  count  all  the  willows,  for  instance,  as  one. 
These  trees  and  shrubs  are  plants  with  which  you 
are  all  familiar,  and  in  this  country  are  about  33  in 
number.    Now,  of  these  33  no  less  than  18  have 


204 


Ffuits  and  Seeds. 


edible  fruits  or  seeds,  such  as  the  Plum,  Apple, 
Arbutus,  Holly,  Hazel,  Beech,  and  Rose;  three  have 
seeds  which  are  provided  with  feathery  hairs  ;  and 
all  the  rest,  namely,  the  Lime,  Maple,  Ash,  Syca- 
more, Elm,  Hop,  Birch,  Hornbeam,  Pine,  and  Fir, 
are  provided  with  wings.  Moreover,  as  will  be 
seen  by  the  following  table,  the  lower  trees  and 
shrubs,  such  as  the  Cornel,  Guelder  Rose,  Rose, 
Thorn,  Privet,  Elder,  Yew,  and  Holly,  have  gene- 
rally edible  berries,  much  eaten  by  birds.  The 
winged  seeds  or  fruits  characterise  the  great  forest 
trees. 


TREES,  SHRUBS,  AND  CLIMBING  SHRUBS  NATIVE 
OR  NATURALISED  IN  BRITAIN. 


Seed  or  Fruit. 

Edible. 

Hairy. 

Winged. 

Hooked. 

Clematis  vitalba  .... 

X 

Berberis  vulgaris  .... 

X 

Lime  (  Tilia  Europcea)  .  . 

X 

X 

Spindle  Tree  (Euony»itis)  . 

X 

Buckthorn  [Rhamnus)  .  . 

X 

Sloe  {Primus) .    .    .    .  ■ 

X 

X 

«5 

X 

o 

Hawthorn  [Cratxgus)    .  . 

X 

Medlar  (Mespilus)     .    .  . 

X 

X 

Cornel  ( Cornns)  .    .    .  . 

X 

YXdiex  {Safnbucus) .    .    .  . 

X 

Guelder  Rose  (  Vibuj-nuiii)  . 

X 

Honeysuckle  (Lonicera).  . 

X 

Arbutus  [Arbutus)    .    .  . 

X 

Fndts  and  Seeds.  205 


Seed  or  Fruit. 

£,ciiDie. 

xi-ciiry. 

WTi  ncTPfl 

Hooked, 

X 

K^\\\Fraxinus)    .    .    .  • 

X 

Privet  [Ltgiislriun)  . 

X 

T.'i  1  r  71 .....  f\ 

Hop  (Huiniilus)  .    .    .  . 

A  U           /      1  It...  r'\ 

Hornbeam  [Carpiniis)  . 

X 

0 

"NT..!-  /  /"'^i-'jj /•»  i-\ 

X 

"A 

T»               /  rr*  ,-\ 

X 

_  1  -  /  /~\ . .  .  »\ 

X 

Willow  [Salix)     .    .    .  . 

X 

Pnnlnr  ( PotillusS  .     .     .  . 

X 

X 

X 

X 

6.  Or  let  us  take  one  natural  order.  That  of  the 
Roses  is  particularly  interesting.  In  the  genus 
Geum  the  fruit  is  provided  with  hooks ;  in  Dryas  it 
terminates  in  a  long  feathered  awn,  like  that  of 
Clematis.  On  the  other  hand,  several  genera  have 
edible  fruits  ;  but  it  is  curious  that  the  part  of  a 
plant  which  becomes  fleshy,  and  thus  tempting  to 
animals,  differs  considerably  in  the  different  genera. 
In  the  Blackberry,  for  instance,  and  in  the  Rasp- 
berry, the  carpels  constitute  the  edible  portion. 
When  we  eat  a  Raspberry  we  strip  them  off,  and 
leave  the  receptacle  (the  white  fleshy  part)  behind  ; 
while  in  the  Strawberry  the  receptacle  constitutes 
the  edible  portion — the  carpels  are  small,  hard,  and 
closely  surround  the  seeds.     In  these  genera  the 


206 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


sepals  are  situated  below  the  fruit.  In  the  Rose,  or 
the  contrary,  the  peduncle  is  swollen  and  inverted, 
so  as  to  form  a  hollow  cup,  in  the  interior  of  which 
the  carpels  are  situated.  Here  you  will  remember 
that  the  sepals  are  situated  above,  not  below,  the 
fruit.  Again,  in  the  Pear  and  Apple  it  is  the 
ovary  which  constitutes  the  edible  part  of  the  fruit, 
and  in  which  the  pips  are  imbedded.  At  first  sight 
the  fruit  of  the  Mulberry — which,  however,  belongs 
to  a  different  family — closely  resembles  that  of  the 
Blackberry.  In  the  Mulberry,  however,  it  is  the 
sepals  which  become  fleshy  and  sweet. 

7.  The  next  point  is  that  seeds  should  be  in  a 
spot  suitable  for  their  growth.  In  most  cases  the 
seed  lies  on  the  ground,  into  which  it  then  pushes  its 
little  root.  In  plants,  however,  which  live  on  trees 
the  case  is  not  so  simple,  and  we  meet  with  some 
curious  contrivances.  Thus,  the  Mistletoe,  as  we 
all  know,  is  parasitic  on  trees.  The  fruits  are  eaten 
by  birds,  and  the  droppings  often  therefore  fall  on 
the  boughs  ;  but  if  the  seed  was  like  that  of  most 
other  plants  it  would  soon  fall  to  the  ground,  and 
consequently  perish.  Almost  alone  among  English 
.plants,  it  is  extremely  sticky,  and  thus  adheres  to 
the  bark. 

8.  Another  very  interesting  genus,  again,  of  the 
same  family  is  Myzodendron  (fig.  80),  a  Fuegian 
species  allied  to  the  Mistletoe,  and  parasitic  on  the 
Beech.  Here  the  seed  is  not  sticky,  but  is  provided 
with  four  flattened  flexible  appendages.  These 


Fruits  and  Seeds.  207 


catch  the  wind,  and  thus  carry  the  seed  from  one 
tree  to  another.    As  soon,  however,  as  they  touch 


Fig.  80. — Seed  of  Myzodendron. 


any  Httle  bough  the  arms  twist  round  it  and  there 
anchor  the  seed. 

9.  In  many  plants  which  hve  as  parasites  on  trees 
the  seeds  are  extremely  numerous  and  minute. 


208 


Fniiis  and  Seeds. 


Their  great  numbers  increase  the  chance  that  the 
wind  may  waft  some  of  them  to  the  trees  on  which 
they  grow  ;  and  as  they  are  then  fully  supplied 
with  nourishment  they  do  not  require  to  carry  any 
store  with  them.  Moreover  their  minute  size  is  an 
advantage,  as  they  are  carried  into  any  little  chink 
or  cranny  in  the  bark  ;  while  a  larger  or  heavier 
seed,  even  if  borne  against  a  suitable  tree,  would 
be  more  likely  to  drop  off. 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


209 


Fig.  81. — A  Brazilian  Cardamine. 
a  a,  ordinary  pods  ;  b,  subterranean  pods. 


VI. 

I.  Even  among  terrestrial  species  there  are  many 
cases  in  which  plants  are  not  contented  simply 

P 


2  lO 


Friiits  and  Seeds. 


to  leave  their  seeds  on  the  surface  of  the  soil,  but 
actually  sow  them  in  the  ground. 

Thus  in  the  Subterranean  Clover,  one  of  our 
rarer  kinds,  only  a  few  of  the  florets  become  per- 
fect flowers,  the  others  form  a  rigid  pointed  head 
which  at  first  is  turned  upwards,  and  as  their  ends 
are  close  together,  constitute  a  sort  of  spike.  At 
first,  I  say,  the  flower-heads  point  upwards  like 
those  of  other  clovers,  but  as  soon  as  the  florets 
are  fertilised,  the  flower-stalks  bend  over  and  grow 
downwards,  forcing  the  flower-head  into  the  ground, 
an  operation  much  facilitated  by  the  peculiar  con- 
struction and  arrangement  of  the  imperfect  florets. 
The  florets  are,  as  Darwin  has  shown,  no  mere 
passive  instruments.    So  soon  as  the  flower-head  is 
in  the  ground  they  begin,  commencing  from  the 
outside,  to  bend  themselves  towards  the  peduncle, 
the  result  of  which  of  course  is  to  drag  the  flower- 
head  further  and  further  into  the  ground.    In  most 
clovers  each  floret  produces  a  little  pod.  This 
would  in  the  present  species  be  useless  ;  many 
young  plants  growing  in  one  place  would  jostle 
and  starve  one  another.     Hence  we  see  another 
obvious  advantage  in  the  fact  that  only  a  few 
florets  perfect  their  seeds. 

2.  I  have  already  alluded  to  our  Cardamines, 
the  pods  of  which  open  elastically  and  throw  their 
seeds  some  distance.  A  Brazilian  species  (fig.  8l  ), 
besides  the  usual  long  pods  (fig.  8i,  «  a),  produces 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


211 


also  short  pointed  ones  (fig.  Si,b  b),  which  it  buries 
in  the  ground. 

In  the  case  of  the  Ground-nut  of  the  West 
Indies  the  flower  is  yellow  and  resembles  that  of  a 
pea,  but  has  an  elongated  calyx,  at  the  base  of  which, 
and  close  to  the  stem,  is  the  ovary.  After  the  flower 
has  faded,  the  young  pod,  which  is  oval,  pointed, 
and  very  minute,  is  carried  forward  by  the  growth 
of  the  stalk,  which  becomes  two  or  three  inches  long 
and  curves  downwards  so  as  generally  to  force  the 
pod  into  the  ground.  If  it  fails  in  this,  the  pod 
does  not  develop,  but  soon  perishes  ;  on  the  other 
hand,  as  soon  as  it  is  underground  the  pod  begins 
to  grow  and  develops  two  large  seeds. 

3.  In  a  South  European  species  of  Vetch  (fig.  82) 
there  are  two  kinds  of  pods.  One  of  the  ordinaiy 
form  and  habit  {d),  the  other  {b),  oval,  pale,  con- 
taining only  two  seeds  borne  on  underground  stems, 
and  produced  by  flowers  which  have  no  corolla. 

Again,  a  species  of  the  allied  genus  Lathyrus 
(fig.  83)  affords  us  another  case  of  the  same  pheno- 
menon. 

There  are  many  other  species  possessing  the 
same  faculty  of  burying  their  seeds,  belonging 
moreover  to  very  diff"erent  families  of  plants. 

4.  Moreover,  it  is  interesting  that  in  several  of 
these  the  subterranean  pods  diff"er  from  the  usual  and 
aerial  form  in  being  shorter  and  containing  fewer 
seeds.  The  reason  of  this  is,  I  think,  obvious.  In 
the  ordinary  pods  the  number  of  seeds  of  course 


212 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


increases  the  chance  that  some  will  find  a  suitable 
place.    On  the  other  hand,  the  subterranean  ones 


Fig.  82. — Vetch  {Vicia  amphicarpd). 
a  a,  ordinary  pods ;  b  b,  subterranean  pods. 


are  carefully  sown,  as  it  were,  by  the  plant  itself. 
Several  seeds  together  would  only  interfere  with 


Fruits  and  Seeds.  2 1 3 


one  another,  and  it  is  therefore  better  that  one  or 
two  only  should  be  produced. 


Fig.  83. — Pea  (Lathyrus  amphicarpos). 
a,  ordinary  pods ;  b,  subterranean  pods. 


5.  In  the  Crane's  Bills  the  fruit  is  a  capsule  which 
opens  elastically,  in  some  species  throwing  the 


214 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


seeds  to  some  little  distance.  The  seeds  them- 
selves are  more  or  less  spindle-shaped,  hairy,  and 
produced  into  a  twisted  hairy  awn,  as  shown  in  fig. 
84.  The  number  of  spiral  turns  in  the  awn  depends 
upon  the  amount  of  moisture ;  and  the  seed  may 


Fig.  84.— Seed  of  Crane's  Bill. 

thus  be  made  into  a  veiy  delicate  hygrometer,  for 
if  it  be  fixed  in  an  upright  position,  the  awn  twists 
or  untwists  according  to  the  degree  of  moisture, 
and  its  extremity  thus  may  be  so  arranged  as  to 
move  up  and  down  like  a  needle  on  a  register.  It 
is  also  affected  by  heat.    Now,  if  the  awn  were 


Fruits  and  Seeds.  -  ^  5 


fixed  it  is  obvious  that  during  the  process  of 
untwisting  the  seed  itself  would  be  pressed  down- 
wards, and  this  mechanism  thus  serves  actually 

to  bury  the  seed. 

6  If  a  seed  of  this  plant  is  laid  on  the  ground, 
it  remains  quiet  as  long  as  it  is  dry  ;  but  as  soon 
as  it  is  moistened— as  soon  as  the  earth  be- 
comes in  a  condition  to  permit  growth— the  outer 
side  of  the  awn  contracts,  and  the  hairs  surround- 
ing the  seed  commence  to  move  outwards,  the 
result  of  which  is  gradually  to  raise  the  seed  into 
an  upright  position  with  its  point  on  the  soil.  The 
awn  then  commences  to  unroll,  and  consequently 
to  lengthen  itself  upwards,  and  it  is  obvious  that  as 
it  is  covered  with  reversed  hairs,  it  will  probably 
press  against  some  blade  of  grass  or  other  obstacle, 
which  will  prevent  its  moving  up,  and  will  there- 
fore tend  to  drive  the  seed  into  the  ground.  If 
then  the  air  becomes  diyer,  the  awn  will  again 
roll  up,  when  from  the  position  of  the  hairs  the 
feathery  awn  can  easily  slip  downwards,  and  will 
therefore  not  affect  the  seed.     When  moistened 
once  more,  it  will  again  force  the  seed  further 
downwards,  and  so  on  until  the  proper  depth  is 
obtained.    One  of  the  Mountain  Anemones  again 
has   essentially   the   same   arrangement,  though 
belonging  to  a  widely  separated  order. 

7.  A  still  more  remarkable  instance  is  afforded  by 
a  beautiful  South  European  grass,  Stipa  pennata 
(fig.  85).    The  actual  seed  is  small,  with  a  sharp 


Fig.  85. — Seed  of  Stipa,  a  South  European  Grass.  (Natural  size.) 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


217 


point,  and  stiff,  short  hairs  pointing  backwards. 
The  posterior  end  of  the  seed  is  produced  into  a 
fine  twisted  corkscrew-like  rod,  which  is  followed 
by  a  plain  cylindrical  portion,  attached  at  an  angle 
to  the  corkscrew,  and  ending  in  a  long  and  beautiful 
feather,  the  whole  being  more  than  a  foot  in  length. 
The  long  feather,  no  doubt,  facilitates  the  disper- 
sion of  the  seeds  by  wind ;  eventually,  however,  the 
seeds  sink  to  the  ground,  which  they  tend  to  reach 
(the  feather  being  the  lighter  portion),  point  down- 
wards. Frank  Darwin  considers  that  the  seed  re- 
mains in  that  position  as  long  as  it  is  dry,  but  if 
a  shower  comes  on,  or  when  the  dew  falls,  the  spiral 
unwinds,  and  if,  as  is  most  probable,  the  surround- 
ing herbage  or  any  other  obstacle  prevents  the 
feathers  from  rising,  the  seed  itself  is  forced  down 
and  so  driven  by  degrees  into  the  earth.  I  have 
suggested,  on  the  contrary,  that  the  wind  acting  on 
the  feather  gradually  drives  the  seeds  into  the 
ground. 


2l8 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


VII. 


I.  I  have  already  mentioned  several  cases  in  which 
plants  produce  two  kinds  of  seeds,  or  at  least  of 
pods,  the  one  being  adapted  to  burying  itself  in 
the  ground.  There  is,  in  addition,  a  North  African 
species  of  Corydalis  which  produces  two  kinds  of 
seeds  (fig.  86),  one  somewhat  flattened,  short  and 


broad,  with  rounded  angles  ;  the  other  elongated, 
and  hooked.  In  this  case  the  hook  in  the  latter 
form  perhaps  serves  for  dispersion. 

2.  Our  common  Lesser  Hawkbit  (fig.  76,  b)  also 
possesses,  besides  the  fruits  with  the  well-known 
feathery  crown,  others  which  are  destitute  of  such 


6 


Fig.  86. — Seeds  of  Corydalis. 


Fruiis  and  Seeds.  i  219 


a   provision,   and  which   probably  therefore  are 
intended  to  take  root  at  home. 

Mr  Drummond  has  described  a  species  of  Alis- 
macav  which  has  two  sorts  of  seed-vessels  ;  the  one 
produced  from  large  floating  flowers,  the  other  at 
the  end  of  short  submerged  stalks.  He  does  not, 
however,  describe  either  the  seeds  or  seed-vessels 
in  detail. 

3.  Before  concluding  I  will  say  a  few  words  as  to 
the  very  curious  forms  presented  by  certain  seeds 
and  fruits.  The  pods  of  Lotus,  for  instance,  quaintly 
resemble  a  bird's  foot,  even  to  the  toes  ;  whence  the 
specific  name  of  one  species,  ornithopodioides,  which 
means  "  like  a  bird's  foot"  ;  those  of  Hippocrepis  re- 
mind one  of  a  horseshoe  ;  those  of  Trapa  bicornis 
have  an  absurd  resemblance  to  the  skeleton  of  a 
bull's  head.    These  likenesses  appear  to  be  acci- 
dental, but  there  are  some  which  probably  are  of  use 
to  the  plant.    For  instance,  there  are  two  species  of 
Scorpmrus  (fig.  87) ,  the  pods  of  which  lie  on  the 
ground,  and  so  curiously  resemble,  the  one  (fig.  87,  rt) 
a  centipede,  the  other  (fig.  87,  b)  a  worm  or  cater- 
pillar, that  it  is  almost  impossible  not  to  suppose 
that  the  likeness  must  be  of  some  use  to  the  plant. 

The  pod  of  a  kind  of  Biserrula  (fig.  88)  also 
has  a  striking  resemblance  to  a  flattened  centipede ; 
while  the  seeds  of  Abrics,  both  in  size  and  in  their 
very  striking  colour,  mimic  a  small  beetle,  Artemis 
circiiviusta. 

4.  Mr.  Moore  has  recently  called  attention  to  other 


220 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


Fruits  and  Seeds. 


cases  of  this  kind.  Thus  the  seed  of  Martynia 
diandra  much  resembles  a  beetle  with  long  an- 
tenna ;  several  species  of  Lupins  have  seeds  much 
like  spiders,  and  those  of  a  gourdlike  plant,*  mimic 
a  piece  of  dry  twig.  In  the  common  castor  oil 
plants  (fig.  89),  though  the  resemblance  is  not  so 


Fig.  88.— Pod  of  BiSERRULA. 


Fig.  89.— Seed  of  Castor  Oil  Plant. 

close,  still  at  a  first  glance  the  seeds  might  readily 
be  taken  for  beetles  or  ticks.  In  many  plants  allied 
to  Euphorbia  plants,  as,  for  instance,  in  Jatropha 
(fig.  90),  the  resemblance  is  even  more  striking. 
The  seeds  have  a  central  line  resembling  the  space 
between  the  elytra,  or  wing  cases,  dividing  and 


*  Dimorphochlamys, 


222 


Fridts  and  Seeds. 


slightly  diverging  at  the  end,  while  between  them 
the  end  of  the  abdomen  seems  to  peep  ;  at  the 
anterior  end  the  seeds  possess  a  small  lobe,  which 
mimics  the  head  or  thorax  of  the  insect,  and  which 
even  seems  specially  arranged  for  this  purpose  ;  at 
least  it  would  seem  from  experiments  made  at  Kew 
that  the  removal  of  this  little  lobe  does  not  injure 
the  seed. 

5.  These  resemblances  might  benefit  the  plant  in 
one  of  two  ways.  If  it  be  an  advantage  to  the 
plant  that  the  seeds  should  be  swallowed  by  birds, 


''1 

\ 

V 

i 

ii 

Fig.  90. — Seed  of  Jatropha. 

their  resemblance  to  insects  might  lead  to  this 
result.  On  the  other  hand,  if  it  be  desirable  to 
escape  from  grain-eating  birds,  then  the  resem- 
blance to  insects  would  serve  as  a  protection.  We 
do  not,  however,  yet  know  enough  about  the  habits 
of  these  plants  to  solve  this  question. 

6.  Indeed,  as  we  have  gone  on,  many  other  ques- 
tions will,  I  doubt  not,  have  occurred  to  you,  which 
we  are  not  yet  in  a  position  to  answer.  Seeds,  for 
instance,  differ  almost  infinitely  in  the  sculpturing 


Fruits  and  Seeds.  223 


of  their  surface.  I  shall  have  failed  woefully  in 
my  object  if  I  leave  you  with  the  impression  that 
we  know  all  about  seeds.  On  the  contrary,  there 
is  not  a  fruit  or  a  seed,  even  of  one  of  our  com- 
monest plants,  which  would  not  amply  justify  and 
richly  reward  the  most  careful  study. 

7.  In  this,  as  in  other  branches  of  science,  we  have 
but  made  a  beginning.  We  have  learnt  just  enough 
to  perceive  how  little  we  know.  Our  great  masters 
in  natural  history  have  immortalised  themselves  by 
their  discoveries,  but  they  have  not  exhausted  the 
field ;  and  if  seeds  and  fruits  cannot  vie  with 
flowers  in  the  brilliance  and  colour  with  which  they 
decorate  our  gardens  and  our  fields,  still  they  surely 
rival  them  in  the  almost  infinite  variety  of  the 
problems  which  they  present  to  us,  the  ingenuity, 
the  interest,  and  the  charm  of  the  beautiful  con- 
trivances which  they  offer  for  our  study  and  our 
admiration. 


Harrison  and  Sons,  Printers  in  Ordinary  to  Her  Majesty,  St.  Martin's  Lane. 


THE   S^IVCE  ^XJTHOE,, 


Pre-historic  Times, 

AS  ILLUSTRATED  BY  ANCIENT 'REMAINS  AND  THE 
MANNERS  AND  CUSTOMS  OF  MODERN  SAVAGES. 
Fourth  Edition.    1878.    (Williams  and  Norgate.) 

The  Origin  of  Civilisation  and  tlie  Primitive  Condition  of  Iflan. 

Fourth  Edition.    1882.    (Longmans,  Green,  and  Co.) 


Monograph  of  the  Collembola  and  Thysanura. 

1871.    (Ray  Society.) 


On  the  Origin  and  Metamorphoses  of  Insects. 

With  Illustrations.    Third  Edition.    1874.    Crown  8vo,  3^  dd. 
(Macmillan  and  Co.) 


On  British  Wild  Flowers  considered  in  Relation  to  Insects. 

With  Illustrations.    Third  Edition.    1875.   Crown  8vo,  4J-.  612'. 
(Macmillan  and  Co.) 


Addresses,  Political  and  Educational. 

1879.    (Macmillan  and  Co.) 

Scientific  Lectures. 

1879.    (Macmillan  and  Co.) 

Fifty  Years  of  Science ; 

Being  the  Address  delivered  at  York  to  the  British  Association, 
August,  1 88 1. 
1882.    (Macmillan  and  Co.) 


Ants,  Bees,  and  Wasps. 

With  Illustrations.  Sixth  Edition.  1883.  (Kegan  Paul,  Trench,  and  Co.) 


NATIONAL  SOCIETY'S  PUBLICATIONS. 


Ne'M  and  Re-uiscd  Edilion  of 

THE  GRAMMAR,  HISTORY,  AND  DERIVATION 
OF  THE  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE; 

With  Chapters  on  Parsing,  Analysis  of  Sentences,  and  Prosody. 
By  the  Rev.  EVAN  DANIEL,  M.A.,  Principal  of  the  National 
Society's  Training  College,  Battersea.    Price  5J-. 

English  Accidence,  Parsing,  Analysis  of  Sentences,  and 
Syntax,  being  Parts  I.-IV.  of  the  above.    Price  3^-. 

Tua  History  and  Derivation  of  the  English  Language, 
being  Part  V.  of  the  above.    Price  2s.  6d. 

LOCKE'S  THOUGHTS  ON  EDUCATION. 

With  Introduction  and  Notes.  By  the  Rev.  EVAN  DANIEL, 
M.A.,  Principal  of  the  National  Society's  Training  College, 
Battersea.    Price  4^. 

This  is  a  complete  Edilion  of  the  Work,  and  is  ilhtstratcd  by  Passages 
from  eminei't  Educationists. 

THE    TEACHER'S    MANUAL    OF  MENTAL 
ARITHMETIC; 

Being  a  Series  of  Examples,  Exercises,  and  Specimens  of  Teaching, 
intended  to  show  how  Menial  Arithmetic  may  be  Taught  in 
Schools  as  a  Preparation  for  Formal  Arithmetic.  Price  i^.  6d. 
cloth. 

N.B. — This  Book  exactly  meets  the  requirements  of  the  New 
Code  of  1S83.  The  subjects  are  dealt  with  in  accordance  with  the 
Note  to  Schedule  I.,  which  instructs  the  Inspector  as  follows  :— 'Short 
exercises  in  Mental  Arithmetic  may  be  given  in  the  Examination  of  all 
Standards.  These  should  not  involve  large  numbers,  should  from  the 
first  deal  with  concrete  as  well  as  abstract  quantities,  and  should  be 
preparatory  to  the  work  of  the  next  higher  Standard. ' 


2 


National  Society's  Puhlicatioiis. 


NEW  NATIONAL  READING  BOOKS,  illustrated. 

Adapted  to  the  requirements  of  the  1883  Code,  and  suitable  also 
for  use  in  Middle-class  and  Higher  Schools. 

INFANT  PRIMER    32  pp.,  doth  limp,  price  2W. 

INFANT  READER    64  pp.,  cloth  limp,  price  4^. 

STANDARD  ONE    1 12  pp.,  cloth  boards,  price  6^/. 

STANDARD  TWO    128  pp.,  cloth  boards,  price  Qfl-. 

STANDARD  THREE    192  pp.,  doth  boards,  price  i^. 

STANDARD  FOUR   288  pp.,  cloth  boards,  price  i.;.  6./. 

STANDARDS  FIVE  and  SIX...  352  pp.,  doth  boards,  price  2j-. 

THE  PUPIL-TEACHER'S  COURSE  OF  MATHE- 
MATICS. 

By  a  late  Fellow  and  Senior  Mathematical  Lecturer ;  Examiner  for  the 
Oxford  and  Cambridge  Board,  the  Cambridge  Syndicate,  &c. 

Part  I.— EUCLID,  Books  I.  and  II.    With  Notes,  Examples, 
and  Explanations.    Price  \s.  6d. 

Part  II.— ALGEBRA.    Price  is.  6d. 

HOW  TO  PREPARE  NOTES  OF  LESSONS. 

A  Manual  of  Instruction  and  Models  for  Pupil  Teachers  and 
Students  in  Training  Colleges.  By  W.  Taylor,  N  jrmal  Master 
in  the  National  Society's  Training  College,  Battersea. 

NEW  WALL  MAPS  OF  ENGLAND  AND  WALES. 

The  British  Isles,  Europe,  Asia,  Africa,  North  America, 
South  America,  the  Eastern  Hemisphere,  and  the 
Western  Hemisphere.    For  use  in  Schools.    Price  ?>s.  each. 

These  Map  show  the  chief  physical  and poliiical  fads  only. 


National  Society's  Publications. 


3 


THE  NEW  EDUCATION  CODE  OF  1883. 


ENGLISH  HISTORY  READING  BOOKS. 

(ILLUSTRATED.) 

STANDARD  IL— Introductory  Tales  from  English  History.  By 
Charlot  te  M.  Yonge,  Author  of  '  Cameos  from  English 
History,'  &c.    Price  (^d, 

STANDARD  HI.— The  Early  History  of  England  till  the  Death  of 
Stephen.    By  Charlotte  M.  Yonge.    Price  ij-. 

STANDARD  IV.— The  History  of  the  Plantagenet  Period.  By 
Charlotte  M.  Yonge.    Price  is.  ^d. 

STANDARD  V.— The  History  of  Modern  England  from  the  Time 
of  Henry  VH.    By  Charlotte  M.  Yonge.    Price  is.  ?,d. 

STANDARD  VI.— The  History  of  the  Manners,  Customs,  and  Litera- 
ture of  the  English  People.  By  Charlotte  M.  Yonge. 
Price  IJ'.  &d. 

THE  YOUNG  STUDENT'S  ENGLISH  HISTORY  READING 
BOOK  ;  being  the  Advanced  Part  of  the  '  English  History 
Reading  Books,'  and  consisting  of  a  series  of  '  Pictures  '  of  the 
more  important  facts  of  English  History  from  the  Earliest  Times. 
Price  2s. 


GEOGRAPHY  READING  BOOKS. 

(ILLUSTRATED.) 

Jn-anged  according  to  the  Detriment  Syllabus  issued  in  the  Code 

of  1883. 

STANDARD  I.  — Explanation  of  a  plan  of  the  school  and  playground, 
the  four  cardinal  points,  and  the  meaning  and  use  of  a  map.  With 
numerous  Illustrations.    Price  %d. 

STANDARD  II.— Lessons  on  the  size  and  shape  of  the  World 
geographical  terms  explained  in  simple  language,  and  illustrated 
by  reference  to  the  Map  of  England,  and  the  physical  geography  of 
hills  and  rivers.    With  numerous  Illustrations.    Price  \od 


4 


Nahonal  SoUety's  Puohcations. 


GEOGRAPHY  READING  mm-continued. 

STANDARD  III.— Physical  and  political  geography  of  England, 
with  special  knowledge  of  the  district  in  which  the  school  is 
situated.    Witli  Maps  and  numerous  Illustrations.    Price  \s.  4//. 

STANDARD  IV.— Physical  and  political  geography  of  the  British 
Isles,  British  North  America,  and  Australasia,  with  detailed 
account  of  their  productions.  With  Maps  and  numerous  Illustra- 
tions.   Price  \s.  8d. 

STANDARD  V. — Geography  of  Europe,  physical  and  political. 
Latitude  and  Longitude.  Day  and  Night.  The  Seasons.  A 
series  of  easy  Lessons  on  difiicult  subjects.  Well  Illustrated. 
Price  IS.  gd. 

STANDARD  VI. — Geography  of  the  World  generally,  and  especially 
of  the  British  Colonies  and  Dependencies. 


READING  BOOKS  ON  THRIFT. 

1.  THE  SOCIAL  ECONOMY  READING  BOOK  (for  the  Upper 

Standards)  ;  being  a  Series  of  Easy  and  attractive  Readings  on 
Social  Economy.    By  the  Rev.  W.  L.  Blackley.    Price  2s. 

2.  THE  POLITICAL  ECONOMY  READING  BOOK  (for  the 

Upper  Standards)  ;  being  a  Series  of  Easy  Readings  on  the  more 
Elementary  and  Popular  Subjects  of  PoHlical  Economy.  By 
R.  H.  Inglis  Palgrave.    Price  2s. 


BOTANY  READING  BOOKS. 

PART  L— Vegetable  Life  Illustrated  from  Plants  easily  met  with. 

The  more  Permanent  Organs.    With  Illustrations.    By  the  Rev. 

A.  Johnson,  M.A.,  F.L.S.    Price  is. 
PART  II  —The  Different  Orders.    Distribution  01  Plants.  Anatomy 

and  Physiology  of  Plants.    By  the  Rev.  A.  Johnson,  M.A., 

E.L.S.    With  25  pages  of  Plates.    Price  U.  8(/.  

"^TIol^^irTocrinT^DEPOSITORY,  SANCTUARY. 
WESTMINSTER,  S.W. 


0^,  ^ 

\